Konica Minolta bizhub C658 Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Konica Minolta Manuals
  4. Printer
  5. bizhub C658
  6. Service manual

Konica Minolta bizhub C658 Service Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for bizhub C658:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
Table Of Contents
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

SERVICE MANUAL
Function Version 4.2
Date: 2018/10/30

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Konica Minolta bizhub C658

Summary of Contents for Konica Minolta bizhub C658

  • Page 1 SERVICE MANUAL Function Version 4.2 Date: 2018/10/30...
  • Page 2 2.1 Description items in this Service Manual ..........................A-3 2.2 Description items for safety and important warning items .......................A-3 3. SAFETY WARNINGS ...............................A-4 3.1 MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA, INC..................A-4 3.1.1 Actions requiring special attention..........................A-4 3.2 POWER PLUG SELECTION ..............................A-5 3.2.1 Power Cord Set or Power Plug............................A-5...
  • Page 3 2.4 Material ....................................C-9 2.5 Print volume.................................... C-9 2.5.1 bizhub C658 ...................................C-9 2.5.2 bizhub C558 ...................................C-9 2.5.3 bizhub C458 .................................C-10 2.6 Machine specification ................................C-10 2.7 Operating environment ................................. C-10 2.8 Print functions ..................................C-10 2.9 Scan functions ..................................C-11 2.10 Web browser function................................C-11...
  • Page 4 10.3 Machine specification ................................C-25 10.4 Operating environment ................................C-25 11. LU-302 ................................. C-26 11.1 Type.....................................C-26 11.2 Paper ....................................C-26 11.3 Machine specification ................................C-26 11.4 Operating environment ................................C-26 12. JS-506.................................. C-27 12.1 Type.....................................C-27 12.2 Function....................................C-27 12.3 Capacity....................................C-27 12.4 Offset function ..................................C-27 12.5 Machine specification ................................C-27 12.6 Operating environment ................................C-28 13.
  • Page 5 18.7 Machine specification ................................C-44 18.8 Operating environment ................................C-45 19. PK-523 ................................. C-46 19.1 Type.....................................C-46 19.2 Function....................................C-46 19.3 Paper ....................................C-46 19.4 Machine specification ................................C-46 19.5 Operating environment ................................C-46 20. ZU-609 ................................. C-47 20.1 Type.....................................C-47 20.2 Function....................................C-47 20.3 Paper process ability ................................C-47 20.3.1 Paper size...................................C-47 20.3.2 Number of sets stacked of the Z-folding........................C-47 20.3.3 Number of stacked sheets of double-folding ......................C-47...
  • Page 6 8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ..................D-12 9. IMAGE CREATION PROCESS ..........................D-13 10. IMAGE FORMING CONTROL (bizhub C368/C308/C258) .................. D-14 11. IMAGE FORMING CONTROL (bizhub C658/C558/C458) .................. D-15 12. PROCESS SPEED (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ....................D-16 13. PROCESS SPEED (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ....................D-17 E SERVICE TOOL ..........................E-1...
  • Page 7 4. Periodical cleaning parts list (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ..................F-20 4.1 Main unit ....................................F-20 4.2 DF-704....................................F-20 4.3 DF-629....................................F-20 4.4 FS-534 ....................................F-20 4.5 FS-534SD ....................................F-20 4.6 FS-533 ....................................F-20 5. Periodical cleaning parts list (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ..................F-21 5.1 Main unit ....................................F-21 5.2 FS-537 ....................................F-21 5.3 FS-537SD ....................................F-21...
  • Page 8 6.3 Specified condition for replacement time on field standard yield (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ..........F-24 6.3.1 Japan.................................... F-24 6.3.2 North America................................F-24 6.3.3 Europe ..................................F-24 6.4 Specified condition for replacement time on field standard yield (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ..........F-24 6.4.1 Japan.................................... F-24 6.4.2 North America................................F-25 6.4.3 Europe ..................................F-25 7.
  • Page 9 8.10.1 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C658/C558) ......................F-49 8.10.2 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C458)........................F-50 8.10.3 Cleaning of the IH coil (bizhub C658/C558) ....................... F-50 8.11 Duplex section ..................................F-51 8.11.1 Cleaning of the duplex transport rollers........................F-51 9.
  • Page 10 16.1.3 Replacing the separation roller........................... F-81 17. Periodical maintenance procedure LU-302......................F-83 17.1 Paper feed section................................F-83 17.1.1 Replacing the pick-up roller ............................F-83 17.1.2 Replacing the feed roller............................. F-83 17.1.3 Replacing the separation roller........................... F-84 18. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-534/FS-534SD..................F-85 18.1 Paper exit section ................................
  • Page 11 1.3 Variable resistors on board..............................G-1 1.4 Warnings for disassembly............................... G-1 1.5 Warnings / Precautions during setup or transportation......................G-2 2. Units from which removing is prohibited ........................G-3 2.1 CCD board....................................G-3 2.1.1 Reason for prohibition ..............................G-3 2.2 PH unit ....................................G-3 2.2.1 Reason for prohibition ..............................
  • Page 12 5.8.4 Developing solenoid (SD4)............................G-74 5.8.5 FAX speaker (SP1)..............................G-75 5.8.6 Bypass CD paper size VR (VR1)..........................G-77 5.8.7 UFP filter/ Deodorant filter ............................G-79 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 ............................G-83 6.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list............................G-83 6.1.1 Exterior parts ................................G-83 6.1.2 Units .................................... G-83 6.1.3 Boards ..................................
  • Page 13 6.4.11 High voltage unit (HV) ..............................G-132 6.4.12 Expansion control board (EXCB)..........................G-133 6.4.13 Dual scan image processing board (DSIPB) ......................G-133 6.4.14 IH magnetic erasing board (IHMEB) (bizhub C658/C558) ..................G-134 6.4.15 IH power supply unit (IHPU) .............................G-135 6.4.16 NF board (NFB) (bizhub C658/C558)........................G-135 6.4.17 Fusing power supply (FUPU) (bizhub C458)......................G-136...
  • Page 14 6.7.2 Transfer belt cleaner cooling fan (FM2)........................G-159 6.7.3 Rear side cooling fan (FM3) ............................G-160 6.7.4 Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) (bizhub C658/C558) .................... G-161 6.7.5 Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) (bizhub C458)...................... G-162 6.7.6 IH coil cooling fan (FM7)............................G-163 6.7.7 Paper cooling fan (FM8) ............................
  • Page 15 8.1.17 FK-515..................................G-197 8.1.18 FK-514..................................G-197 8.1.19 HD-524 ..................................G-198 8.1.20 CU-101 ..................................G-198 8.1.21 KP-101..................................G-198 8.1.22 VI-508 ..................................G-198 8.2 Disassembly/reassembly parts list (bizhub C658/C558/C458)................... G-198 8.2.1 PC-115/PC-215 ................................. G-198 8.2.2 PC-415 ..................................G-199 8.2.3 LU-207..................................G-199 8.2.4 LU-302..................................G-199 8.2.5 JS-506(C558/C458 only) ............................G-199 8.2.6 FS-533(C558/C458 only)............................
  • Page 16 8.2.25 CU-102 ..................................G-204 8.2.26 KP-101..................................G-204 8.2.27 VI-510 ..................................G-204 8.3 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (DF-629/SP-501) ...................... G-204 8.3.1 Front cover (DF-629) ..............................G-204 8.3.2 Rear cover (DF-629)..............................G-204 8.3.3 Left cover unit (DF-629)............................. G-205 8.3.4 Reverse automatic document feeder (DF-629) ......................G-206 8.3.5 Glass cleaning roller unit (DF-629)..........................G-207 8.3.6 DF control board (DFCB) (DF-629) ...........................
  • Page 17 8.6.10 Tray 3 FD paper size board (FDPSB/3), tray 4 FD paper size board (FDPSB/4) (PC-115/PC-215)......G-245 8.6.11 Tray 3 CD paper size board (CDPSB/3) (PC-115/PC-215)..................G-245 8.6.12 Tray 4 CD paper size board (CDPSB/4) (PC-215) ....................G-246 8.6.13 Tray 3 paper feed motor (M111), tray 4 paper feed motor (M121) (PC-115/PC-215) ..........G-247 8.6.14 Tray 3 vertical transport motor (M112), tray 4 vertical transport motor (M122) (PC-115/PC-215) ......G-248 8.6.15 Tray 3 lift-up motor (M113), tray 4 lift-up motor (M123) (PC-115/PC-215)...............G-248 8.7 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (PC-410) ........................
  • Page 18 8.12.4 Finisher (FS-533)..............................G-295 8.12.5 Stapler unit (FS-533) ..............................G-297 8.12.6 Paper exit tray unit (FS-533) ............................G-298 8.12.7 FS control board (FSCB) (FS-533)...........................G-298 8.12.8 Stapler relay board (STREYB) (FS-533) ........................G-298 8.12.9 Paper conveyance motor (M101) (FS-533) ......................G-299 8.12.10 Paper exit motor (M102) (FS-533) .........................G-299 8.12.11 Alignment roller motor (M103) (FS-533).........................G-300 8.12.12 Exit roller lift up motor (M104) (FS-533) .........................G-300 8.12.13 Alignment motor/F (M105), Alignment motor/R (M106) (FS-533) ................G-300...
  • Page 19 8.16.9 Stapler unit (FS-536/FS-536SD) ..........................G-339 8.16.10 FS control board (FSCB) (FS-536/FS-536SD) .......................G-341 8.16.11 FNS entry transport motor (M2) (FS-536/FS-536SD) ....................G-342 8.16.12 FNS discharge motor (M3) (FS-536/FS-536SD) ....................G-342 8.16.13 Receiving roller retraction motor (M4) (FS-536/FS-536SD) ...................G-343 8.16.14 FNS paddle motor (M5) (FS-536/FS-536SD) ......................G-343 8.16.15 Trailing edge stopper motor (M6) (FS-536/FS-536SD) ..................G-343 8.16.16 Alignment motor/front (M7) (FS-536/FS-536SD)....................G-344 8.16.17 Alignment motor/rear (M8) (FS-536/FS-536SD) ....................G-344...
  • Page 20 8.27.1 DSC board/1 (for front side) (SC-508) (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ................G-424 8.27.2 DSC board/2 (for back side) (SC-508) (bizhub C368/C308/C258)................G-424 8.27.3 DSC board/1 (for front side) (SC-508) (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ................G-425 8.27.4 DSC board/2 (for back side) (SC-508) (bizhub C658/C558/C458)................G-425 8.28 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (UK-211) ......................... G-425 8.28.1 Upgrade kit (UK-211)..............................G-425...
  • Page 21 1.3.5 Tray 1 feed roller, tray 1 pick-up roller, tray 1 separation roller (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ...........H-2 1.3.6 Tray 1 feed roller, tray 1 pick-up roller, tray 1 separation roller (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ...........H-2 1.3.7 Tray 2 feed roller, tray 2 pick-up roller, tray 2 separation roller (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ...........H-3 1.3.8 Tray 2 feed roller, tray 2 pick-up roller, tray 2 separation roller (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ...........H-3...
  • Page 22 3.1.3 PC-410 ...................................H-8 3.1.4 LU-302....................................H-8 3.2 Cleaning parts list (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ........................H-8 3.2.1 PC-115/PC-215 ................................H-8 3.2.2 PC-415 ...................................H-8 3.2.3 LU-207....................................H-8 3.2.4 LU-302....................................H-9 3.2.5 PI-507 .....................................H-9 3.3 Cleaning procedure (DF-704) ..............................H-9 3.3.1 Back side scanning glass ...............................H-9 3.3.2 Back side scanning guide/Back side scanning shading shaft ..................H-9 3.4 Cleaning procedure (PC-110/PC-210)..........................
  • Page 23 2.4.6 Network Settings ................................I-28 2.4.7 Copier Settings ................................I-33 2.4.8 Printer Settings ................................I-34 2.4.9 Fax Settings................................... I-35 2.4.10 System Connection ..............................I-39 2.5 Administrator Settings List [2/2] .............................. I-40 2.5.1 Administrator settings outline 2/2 ..........................I-40 2.5.2 Security Settings................................I-41 2.5.3 License Settings ................................
  • Page 24 5.3.1 Use ....................................I-92 5.3.2 Procedure ..................................I-92 5.4 Machine ....................................I-93 5.4.1 Trail Edge Color Alignment Adj (bizhub C658/C558/C458)................... I-93 5.4.2 Fusing Temperature ..............................I-94 5.4.3 Fusing Transport Speed ..............................I-95 5.4.4 Heater Control Level (bizhub C458/C368/C308/C258) ....................I-95 5.4.5 Printer Area ...................................
  • Page 25 5.6.3 Density Balance Adjust (bizhub C658/C558/C458)..................... I-110 5.6.4 Max Image Density Adj..............................I-111 5.6.5 Image Background Adj ..............................I-111 5.6.6 Paper Separation Adjustment............................I-112 5.6.7 Monochrome Density Adjustment..........................I-112 5.6.8 Removable Voltage Adjust ............................I-112 5.6.9 TCR Level Setting ............................... I-113 5.6.10 Transfer Voltage Fine Adj............................
  • Page 26 5.16.15 Network Fax Settings ...............................I-157 5.16.16 RX File Change Page Name ............................I-157 5.16.17 ADF Settings ................................I-157 5.16.18 Image Stabilization Setting ............................I-157 5.16.19 Multifeed Sensor Status (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ....................I-158 5.16.20 User Paper Settings ..............................I-158 5.16.21 Coverage Rate Screen .............................I-159 5.16.22 JAM Code Display Setting............................I-159 5.16.23 Purge Setting (bizhub C658/C558/C458) .........................I-159...
  • Page 27 5.18.1 Batch list CSV output..............................I-172 5.18.2 Machine Management List ............................I-173 5.18.3 Adjustments List ................................ I-173 5.18.4 Parameter List ................................I-173 5.18.5 Service Parameter..............................I-173 5.18.6 Protocol Trace ................................I-174 5.18.7 Fax Setting List................................I-174 5.18.8 Fax Analysis List................................ I-174 5.19 State Confirmation................................
  • Page 28 5.23.4 Initialize..................................I-256 5.23.5 FAX Line Std. Setting ..............................I-256 5.24 FAX setting (Address parameter list: for line 1, line 2, line 3 and line 4) ................I-257 5.24.1 0b000#..................................I-257 5.24.2 0b001#..................................I-260 5.24.3 0b002#..................................I-261 5.24.4 0b003#..................................I-261 5.24.5 0b004#, 0b005#.................................
  • Page 29 5.27.13 10004# ..................................I-372 5.27.14 10005# ..................................I-375 5.28 FAX setting (Address parameter list: for line 4)........................I-375 5.28.1 0e03c#..................................I-375 5.28.2 0e03d#..................................I-378 5.28.3 0e03e#..................................I-381 5.28.4 0e03f#..................................I-384 5.28.5 0e040#..................................I-388 5.28.6 0e041#..................................I-391 5.28.7 0e042#..................................I-393 5.28.8 0e043#..................................I-396 5.28.9 0e044#..................................
  • Page 30 5.31.7 Machine Auto Update setting - Auto Update setting....................I-429 5.31.8 Machine Auto Update setting - Procedures for using the Auto Update function ............I-430 5.31.9 Machine Auto Update setting - Relay server setting ....................I-433 5.31.10 Machine Auto Update setting - Procedures for using the Relay server function ............I-434 5.31.11 Machine Auto Update setting - Transmission log Update ..................I-435 5.31.12 Machine Auto Update setting - Transmission Server Log ..................I-436 5.31.13 Machine Auto Update setting - Update Log Display....................I-436...
  • Page 31 11.2.4 Adjustment of the bypass CD paper size VR ......................I-502 11.3 Fusing section ..................................I-503 11.3.1 Adjusting the parallelism of the fusing unit path ......................I-503 12. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT bizhub C658/C558/C458..................I-504 12.1 Scanner section.................................. I-504 12.1.1 Adjustment of the scanner motor belt........................I-504 12.1.2 Skew Adj..................................
  • Page 32 17. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT PC-115/PC-215....................I-524 17.1 Paper reference position ..............................I-524 17.1.1 Purpose ..................................I-524 17.1.2 Procedure .................................. I-524 18. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT PC-410 .......................I-525 18.1 Paper reference position ..............................I-525 18.1.1 Purpose ..................................I-525 18.1.2 Procedure .................................. I-525 18.2 Shifter movement timing belt adjustment ........................... I-525 18.2.1 Procedure ..................................
  • Page 33 1.1.1 Display procedure................................K-1 1.1.2 Misfeed display resetting procedure..........................K-2 1.2 List of the JAM code (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ........................K-3 1.3 List of the JAM code (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ........................K-4 1.4 JAM that do not display the JAM code ............................K-5 1.5 Sensor layout...................................K-7 1.5.1 bizhub C368/C308/C258 ..............................K-7 1.5.2 bizhub C658/C558/C458 ..............................K-8...
  • Page 34 1.11 2#-## (bizhub C658/C558/C458)............................K-23 1.11.1 20-01, 20-02, 20-04 ..............................K-23 1.11.2 20-21 ..................................K-24 1.11.3 20-22 ..................................K-25 1.12 3#-## (bizhub C368/C308/C258)............................K-25 1.12.1 30-03 ..................................K-25 1.12.2 32-01, 32-05 ................................K-26 1.13 3#-## (bizhub C658/C558/C458)............................K-27 1.13.1 30-03 ..................................K-27 1.13.2 32-01, 32-05, 32-30 ..............................K-28 1.14 6#-## (bizhub C368/C308/C258)............................K-29 1.14.1 66-01, 66-11, 66-21 ..............................K-29...
  • Page 35 2.4 S-2 ......................................K-67 2.4.1 Contents ..................................K-67 2.4.2 Procedure ..................................K-67 2.5 D-1 (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ..............................K-67 2.5.1 Contents ..................................K-67 2.5.2 Procedure ..................................K-67 2.6 D-1 (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ..............................K-67 2.6.1 Contents ..................................K-67 2.6.2 Procedure ..................................K-68 2.7 D-3 ......................................K-68 2.7.1 Contents ..................................K-68 2.7.2 Procedure ..................................K-68 2.8 P-5, P-28....................................K-68...
  • Page 36 3.3.3 Trouble resetting procedure by remote operation ......................K-73 3.4 Trouble isolation function...............................K-74 3.5 List of the trouble code (bizhub C358/C308/C258) .......................K-75 3.6 List of the trouble code (bizhub C658/C558/C458) .......................K-81 3.7 C0### (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ............................K-89 3.7.1 C0002 (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ..........................K-89 3.7.2 C0106 (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ..........................K-90...
  • Page 37 3.11.13 C2A11, C2A12, C2A13, C2A14 (bizhub C368/C308/C258)................... K-142 3.11.14 C2A21, C2A22, C2A23, C2A24 (bizhub C368/C308/C258)................... K-143 3.12 C2### (bizhub C658/C558/C458) .............................K-143 3.12.1 C2152, C2153, C2154, C2155, C2156 (bizhub C658/C558/C458)................K-143 3.12.2 C2253, C2254 (bizhub C658/C558/C458)........................ K-144 3.12.3 C2255, C2256 (bizhub C658/C558/C458)........................ K-144 3.12.4 C2350 (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ..........................
  • Page 38 3.14.14 C3B09 (bizhub C658/C558/C458).......................... K-158 3.15 C4### ....................................K-158 3.15.1 C4091 (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ..........................K-158 3.15.2 C40A1, C40A2, C40A3, C40A4, C40C3, C40C5 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258)......K-158 3.15.3 C4101 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) ....................K-159 3.15.4 C4501 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) ....................K-159 3.16 C5### (bizhub C368/C308/C258) .............................K-159 3.16.1 C5102, C5103 (bizhub C368/C308/C258)........................
  • Page 39 3.23.7 CC15C (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) ....................K-181 3.23.8 CC163 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258)....................K-181 3.23.9 CC164 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258)....................K-182 3.23.10 CC170, CC171, CC172, CC173, CC174, CC180, CC181, CC182, CC183, CC184, CC185, CC186 (bizhub C658/ C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) ..........................K-182 3.23.11 CC190 (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ......................... K-182 3.23.12 CC190 (bizhub C658/C558/C458) .........................
  • Page 40 3.24.34 CD392 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258)..................... K-194 3.24.35 CD3A0 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) .................... K-194 3.24.36 CD3C0 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) .................... K-194 3.24.37 CD401, CD402, CD403, CD404, CD405, CD406, CD407, CD411, CD412, CD413 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/ C308/C258) ................................K-194 3.24.38 CD601, CD602, CD603 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) ..............K-195 3.24.39 CD701, CD702, CD703 (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) ..............
  • Page 41 6. ABORT CODE ..............................K-210 6.1 Troubleshooting of the abort code (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ....................K-210 6.1.1 Contents ..................................K-210 6.1.2 Procedure ...................................K-210 6.2 Troubleshooting of the abort code (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ....................K-210 6.2.1 Contents ..................................K-210 6.2.2 Procedure ...................................K-211 6.3 CF0## ....................................K-211 6.4 CF1## ....................................K-211 6.5 CF2## ....................................K-211...
  • Page 42 6.14.15 CFCE# (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ......................... K-228 6.14.16 CFCF# (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ......................... K-229 6.15 CFC## (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ............................K-229 6.15.1 CFC0# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ........................... K-229 6.15.2 CFC1# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ........................... K-229 6.15.3 CFC2# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ........................... K-230 6.15.4 CFCA# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ........................... K-230 6.15.5 CFCB# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ...........................
  • Page 43 6.19.5 CFE4# (bizhub C658/C558/C458)..........................K-249 6.19.6 CFE5# (bizhub C658/C558/C458)..........................K-249 6.19.7 CFE6# (bizhub C658/C558/C458)..........................K-249 6.19.8 CFE9# (bizhub C658/C558/C458)..........................K-250 6.19.9 CFEA# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ........................... K-250 6.19.10 CFEB# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ......................... K-250 6.19.11 CFEC# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ......................... K-251 6.19.12 CFED# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ......................... K-251 6.19.13 CFEE# (bizhub C658/C558/C458) .........................
  • Page 44 12.3.2 After rewriting the firmware of the machine ......................K-290 13. TROUBLES THAT DO NOT DISPLAY THE TROUBLE CODE ................ K-291 13.1 Machine is not energized at all (DCPU operation check) (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) ......K-291 13.1.1 Contents ...................................K-291 13.1.2 Procedure .................................K-291 13.2 Fusing heaters do not operate (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258) ..............K-291...
  • Page 45 16.2 Troubleshooting procedure overview ..........................K-299 16.2.1 Test pattern printing..............................K-299 16.2.2 Self-diagnostic function ............................K-300 16.3 Corrective action procedure (bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258)...............K-301 16.3.1 Image trouble sample illustrations ..........................K-301 16.3.2 Skewed image/Image deviation..........................K-302 16.3.3 White line 1, White band 1, Color line 1, Color band 1..................... K-304 16.3.4 White line 2, White band 2, Color line 2, Color band 2.....................
  • Page 46 2.1.11 PK control board (PKCB)............................L-55 2.1.12 Clean unit drive board (CUDB)........................... L-55 2.1.13 FAX board (FAXB)..............................L-55 2.2 BOARD CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ................L-56 2.2.1 bizhub C658/C558/C458 .............................. L-56 2.2.2 Dual scan document feeder............................L-62 2.2.3 PC control board (PCCB) ............................. L-63 2.2.4 LU drive board (LUDB) ..............................
  • Page 47 3.1.2 Timing chart................................... M-3 3.2 Center staples mode................................M-3 3.2.1 Operating conditions..............................M-3 3.2.2 Timing chart................................... M-3 4. Dual Scan Document Feeder (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ..................M-4 4.1 Operating conditions................................M-4 4.2 Timing chart .................................... M-4 5. LU-207/LU-302 ................................ M-5 5.1 Operating conditions................................M-5 5.2 Timing chart ....................................
  • Page 48 4.15 FS-536/FS-536SD ................................N-18 4.16 FS-537/FS-537SD ................................N-19 4.17 PK-523....................................N-20 4.18 ZU-609....................................N-21 4.19 PI-507 ....................................N-22 O THEORY OF OPERATION bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 ........O-1 1. INTERFACE SECTION ............................O-1 1.1 Configuration (bizhub C368/C308/C258)..........................O-1 1.1.1 Front side..................................O-1 1.1.2 Right side..................................O-2 1.1.3 Rear side ..................................O-3 1.2 Configuration (bizhub C658/C558/C458)..........................
  • Page 49 6.1 Configuration (bizhub C368/C308/C258)..........................O-39 6.2 Configuration (bizhub C658/C558/C458)..........................O-39 6.3 Drive ..................................... O-40 6.3.1 Toner cartridge drive (bizhub C368/C308/C258)......................O-40 6.3.2 Toner cartridge drive (bizhub C658/C558/C458)......................O-40 6.3.3 Toner hopper drive ..............................O-41 6.4 Operation ....................................O-41 6.4.1 Toner replenishing overview............................O-41 6.4.2 Toner replenishing from toner bottle to toner hopper ....................
  • Page 50 11.3 Operation.................................... O-79 11.3.1 Up/down control................................O-79 11.3.2 Paper feed control (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ......................O-81 11.3.3 Paper feed control (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ......................O-82 11.3.4 Paper feed retry control ..............................O-83 11.3.5 Feed roller speed reduction control ..........................O-83 11.3.6 Vertical transport roller speed reduction control ......................O-84 11.3.7 Paper transport control (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ....................O-84...
  • Page 51 17.4.2 Control sequence by mode............................O-133 17.5 Operation timing ................................O-133 17.5.1 Predrive operation ..............................O-133 17.5.2 During a print cycle (bizhub C368/C308/C258) ......................O-134 17.5.3 During a print cycle (bizhub C658/C558/C458) ......................O-135 17.5.4 Service Mode................................O-137 17.5.5 Expert Adjustment ..............................O-137 17.5.6 Stabilization time (bizhub C368/C308/C258)......................O-137 17.5.7 Stabilization time (bizhub C658/C558/C458)......................O-137...
  • Page 52 24.3 Paper Feed Section................................O-162 24.3.1 Supporting Custom-size Paper..........................O-162 24.3.2 Paper Length Guide ..............................O-163 24.3.3 Paper Width Guide ..............................O-163 PA THEORY OF OPERATION DUAL SCAN DOCUMENT FEEDER/SP-501/UK-501 (bizhub C658/ C558/C458) ..........................PA-1 1. CONFIGURATION ..............................PA-1 1.1 Section configuration ................................PA-1 2. PAPER PATH .................................PA-2 2.1 Paper path ....................................
  • Page 53 5.3.8 CIS glass contamination prevention control ......................PA-14 5.3.9 Opening and closing guide set detection........................PA-15 6. PAPER EXIT SECTION ............................PA-16 6.1 Configuration ..................................PA-16 6.2 Drive ....................................PA-16 6.3 Operation .................................... PA-16 6.3.1 Document exit mechanism ............................PA-16 6.3.2 Faxed original stamp function SP-501........................PA-17 7.
  • Page 54 1.1 Section configuration ................................PC-1 1.2 Paper path .................................... PC-1 1.3 Main part configuration ................................. PC-1 1.3.1 Main electrical part ..............................PC-1 1.3.2 Sensor ..................................PC-2 1.3.3 Roller placement................................PC-2 2. DRIVE..................................PC-3 2.1 Paper feed drive ................................... PC-3 2.2 Registration drive.................................. PC-3 2.3 Document reading drive................................
  • Page 55 3. DRIVE..................................PE-3 4. OPERATION ................................PE-4 4.1 Paper feed section................................PE-4 4.1.1 Paper feed drive mechanism............................PE-4 4.1.2 Roller retract mechanism............................. PE-4 4.2 Main tray section................................... PE-5 4.2.1 Main tray up / down mechanism..........................PE-5 4.2.2 Main tray lower limit detection ............................. PE-6 4.3 Sub tray section ..................................
  • Page 56 3.3.4 Remaining paper display ............................PG-12 PH THEORY OF OPERATION JS-506 ....................PH-1 1. OVERVIEW OF THE SEPARATOR ........................PH-1 2. PAPER PATH ................................ PH-2 2.1 Paper feed to the exit tray..............................PH-2 3. CONFIGURATION ..............................PH-3 3.1 Section configuration ................................PH-3 3.2 Main electrical part configuration ............................
  • Page 57 7.2.2 Alignment roller section ...............................PI-25 7.2.3 Alignment tray section ..............................PI-28 7.3 Operation ....................................PI-29 7.3.1 Paper alignment overview ............................PI-29 7.3.2 Paper alignment control (paper FD alignment)......................PI-29 7.3.3 Paper alignment control (paper CD alignment) ......................PI-29 7.3.4 Alignment tray paper detect control..........................PI-31 8. STAPLER SECTION .............................PI-33 8.1 Configuration/Drive ................................PI-33 8.1.1 Stapler drive section top view............................PI-33 8.2 Operation ....................................PI-33...
  • Page 58 6.3.1 Skew correction mechanism............................PJ-24 6.3.2 Puncher up/down status detection configuration......................PJ-26 6.3.3 Punch operation noise suppression ........................... PJ-27 6.3.4 Punch dust box full detection mechanism ........................PJ-27 7. TRANSPORT SECTION ............................PJ-30 7.1 Configuration ..................................PJ-30 7.1.1 Paper path .................................. PJ-30 7.1.2 Paper feed section - sub tray section .........................
  • Page 59 11.3 Alignment section ................................PJ-77 11.3.1 Drive ..................................PJ-77 11.3.2 Alignment.................................. PJ-77 11.3.3 Stopper guide ................................PJ-78 11.4 Stapler ....................................PJ-79 11.4.1 Drive ..................................PJ-79 11.4.2 Operation.................................. PJ-80 11.5 Folding/Saddle stitching ..............................PJ-81 11.5.1 Drive ..................................PJ-81 11.5.2 Folding knife ................................PJ-81 11.6 Tri-folding...................................
  • Page 60 8.3.1 Main tray up/down mechanism..........................PK-22 8.3.2 Main tray upper detection mechanism........................PK-24 8.3.3 Main tray paper level detection control........................PK-24 8.3.4 Tray full detection mechanism........................... PK-25 9. SADDLE SECTION (FS-536SD) ..........................PK-27 9.1 Configuration ..................................PK-27 9.2 Transport section ................................PK-28 9.2.1 Drive ..................................
  • Page 61 6.1.2 Alignment plate................................PL-13 6.1.3 Exit section .................................PL-14 6.2 Drive ....................................PL-14 6.2.1 Upper paddle ................................PL-14 6.2.2 Alignment plate................................PL-15 6.2.3 Exit section .................................PL-15 6.3 Operation .....................................PL-15 6.3.1 Upper paddle ................................PL-15 6.3.2 Alignment plate................................PL-16 6.3.3 Exit section .................................PL-17 6.3.4 Stack support plate control ............................PL-19 7.
  • Page 62 11.3.3 Double-folding mechanism ............................PL-47 11.3.4 Transport roller pressure change ..........................PL-48 11.3.5 Z-fold pressure release mechanism ......................... PL-48 11.3.6 Z-fold paper detection...............................PL-49 12. PI-507 ................................PL-51 12.1 Configuration ..................................PL-51 12.2 Drive ....................................PL-51 12.3 Operation...................................PL-51 12.3.1 Tray lift mechanism ..............................PL-51 12.3.2 Pick-up mechanism ..............................PL-52 12.3.3 Separation mechanism.............................PL-52 12.3.4 Path switching mechanism ............................PL-53 12.3.5 Paper size detection control .............................PL-53...
  • Page 63 1.2.1 V17, V29, and V27 ter ..............................PP-9 1.2.2 V34 fallback ................................. PP-9 1.3 V8/V34 sequence ................................. PP-9 1.3.1 V34 ....................................PP-9 1.3.2 Sample of a signal procedure at sending two pages....................PP-10 1.3.3 Procedure details............................... PP-10 1.3.4 Common signal bit definition ............................. PP-12 1.3.5 Phase 2 (Probing) ..
  • Page 64 Correspondence of the function version 4.2. 2018/05/07 C.1.4 Material (bizhub C368/C308/C258) Correspondence of the function version 4.2. 2018/07/17 C.2.4 Material (bizhub C658/C558/C458) Correspondence of the function version 4.2. 2018/07/17 F.6.1 Consumable/part replacement time Correspondence of the function version 4.2. 2018/07/17 (bizhub C368/C308/C258) F.6.2 Consumable/part replacement time...
  • Page 65 K.16.3.2 Skewed image/Image deviation Correspondence of the function version 4.2. 2018/08/03 I.5.22.7 (4) PBX Connection Setting Correspondence of the function version 4.2. 2018/10/29 K.3.17.10 C5501 (bizhub C658/C558/ The explanation was modified. 2018/10/29 C458) K.17.2.4 DF-629 The explanation was modified. 2018/10/29 K.17.2.5 DF-704...
  • Page 66 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS A  SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS...
  • Page 67 ▪ Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as the risk of damage to the product, KONICA MINOLTA, INC. (hereafter called KM) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KM-trained service technicians.
  • Page 68 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 2. DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION 2.  DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION 2.1  Description items in this Service Manual In this Service Manual, each of three expressions “ DANGER”, “ WARNING”, and “...
  • Page 69 3.  SAFETY WARNINGS 3.1  MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA, INC. KONICA MINOLTA brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network. Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors.
  • Page 70 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Do not disable safety functions (for example, interlocks and safety circuits). Safety devices become inoperative, resulting in fire from high heat, electric shock, or injury. 3.2  POWER PLUG SELECTION In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit the wall outlet used in the area.
  • Page 71 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Attach power plug which meets the following criteria: • having configuration intended for the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the product’s rated voltage and current, •...
  • Page 72 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.3  CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE KONICA MINOLTA brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of injury.
  • Page 73 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Do not use any conversion plug adapter even if the power plug shape does not match your wall outlet. The shapes of the power plug and the wall outlet are set according to the voltage and allowable current.
  • Page 74 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Make sure of correct ground connection. If the grounding wire is connected to an inappropriate part, there is a risk of explosion or electric shock. Do not connect...
  • Page 75 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Do not allow the power cord to be stepped on or pinched. Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire. ▪ Check whether the power cord is damaged.
  • Page 76 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ When an extension cord is required, use one that meets the rated current, rated voltage, and the relevant safety standards of the country. Current that can be passed through the...
  • Page 77 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS (2)  When not Using the Product for a long time WARNING ▪ When the product is not to be used for an extended period of time (for holidays, for...
  • Page 78 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.3.3  After Service (1)  Inspection before Servicing WARNING ▪ Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following the prescribed procedure...
  • Page 79 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS CAUTION ▪ Do not leave the machine unattended during transportation, installation, and/or inspection. If the machine is left unattended, face protrusions toward the wall or take other necessary precautions to prevent a user or...
  • Page 80 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS CAUTION ▪ Do not keep gazing at a lamp light during the service procedure with the product powered Eyestrain may result. (3)  Safety Checkpoints WARNING ▪ When a product fault is reported from a user, check parts and repair the fault appropriately with safety in mind.
  • Page 81 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Check the external covers and frame for possible sharp edges, burrs, and damage. They can be a cause of injury during use or servicing. ▪ When accessing a hard-to-view or narrow spot, be careful about sharp edges and burrs on the frame and parts.
  • Page 82 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING ▪ Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether the interlock functions properly. If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
  • Page 83 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS CAUTION ▪ Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and electrode units such as a charging corona unit. Toner remnants and dust may lead to product failure and/or the risk of fire.
  • Page 84 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.4  FUSE CAUTION Double pole / neutral fusing ATTENTION Double pôle / fusible sur le neutre. 3.5  Used Batteries Precautions 3.5.1  ALL Areas CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
  • Page 85 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.5.6  Norway ADVARSEL Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. 3.6  Laser Safety 3.6.1  Laser Safety...
  • Page 86 Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure. semiconductor laser Maximum power of the laser diode bizhub C658/C558/C458 25 mW bizhub C368/C308/C258 15 mW Wavelength bizhub C658/C558...
  • Page 87 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.6.3  Laser Safety Label A laser safety label is attached to the outside of the machine as shown below. bizhub C658/C558/C458 bizhub C368/C308/C258 3.6.4  Laser Caution Label A laser caution label is attached to the inside of the machine as shown below.
  • Page 88 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY WARNINGS 3.6.5  PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE LASER EQUIPMENT ▪ Be sure to unplug the power cord whenever performing a service job in the laser beam path (around the PH unit).
  • Page 89 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 4. WARNING INDICATIONS ON bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 THE MACHINE 4.  WARNING INDICATIONS ON THE MACHINE Caution labels shown are attached in some areas on/in the machine. When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.
  • Page 90 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 4. WARNING INDICATIONS ON bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 THE MACHINE bizhub C368/C308/C258 A-25...
  • Page 91 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 4. WARNING INDICATIONS ON bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 THE MACHINE 4.2  Warning indications on the boards bizhub C658/C558 High voltage This area generates high voltage. Be careful not to touch here when the power is turned ON to avoid getting an electric shock.
  • Page 92 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 4. WARNING INDICATIONS ON bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 THE MACHINE bizhub C368/C308/C258 High voltage This area generates high voltage. Be careful not to touch here when the power is turned ON to avoid getting an electric shock.
  • Page 93 A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 5. MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 OF AN ACCIDENT 5.  MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT 1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
  • Page 94 B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 1. PRECAUTION ON HANDLING THIS bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 MANUAL B  NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS 1.  PRECAUTION ON HANDLING THIS MANUAL CAUTION ▪ Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information.
  • Page 95 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 2. PRODUCT NAME 2.  PRODUCT NAME In this manual, each of the products is described as follows: bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 Main body Microsoft Windows 7 Windows 7 Microsoft Windows 8.1 Windows 8.1 Microsoft Windows 10 Windows 10 When the description is made in combination of the OS’s mentioned...
  • Page 96 • The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered trademark of each company. OWN TRADEMARKS • KONICA MINOLTA, KONICA MINOLTA logo, bizhub, and PageScope are the registered trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA, INC. • © 2015 KONICA MINOLTA, INC.
  • Page 97 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 4. FEEDING DIRECTION 4.  FEEDING DIRECTION • When the long side of the paper is parallel with the feeding direction, it is called short edge feeding. The feeding direction which is perpendicular to the short edge feeding is called the long edge feeding.
  • Page 98 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 5. Note for the Specifications 5.  Note for the Specifications • These specifications are subject to change without notice.
  • Page 99 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 C  PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 1.  bizhub C368/C308/C258 1.1  Type Type Desktop/console * scanner/printer Control panel 9-inch TFT color LCD WVGA (electrostatic touch panel) Printing process laser electrostatic process copying system Photo conductor OPC drum: KM-91A...
  • Page 100 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 bizhub C308: 145.8 mm/s bizhub C258: 145.8 mm/s Thick 1 to 4, Special paper 83.2 mm/s Copying speed for multi-copy cycle (A4 or Black, Full color bizhub C368: 1-sided: 36 sheets/min., 2-sided: 36 sheets/min.
  • Page 101 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 Type Paper source (maximum tray capacity) Tray 1 Tray 2 Manual bypass tray Long size paper (127 to ○ (10 sheets) *5 210 g/m2, 33 13/16 to 55 7/8 lb) Copy paper dimensions Width 139.7 mm to 297 mm (5 1/2...
  • Page 102 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 • This machine has the field standard yield which indicates the available print numbers estimated by the quantities and usage of the unit in the market standard job mode. Number of field standard printed pages is described as replacement timing of each consumable in this manual.
  • Page 103 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 Print resolution • Multivalued: Equivalent to 1,800 dpi in main scanning direction x 600 dpi in sub scanning direction • Binary: Equivalent to 1,200 dpi in main scanning direction x 1,200 dpi in sub scanning direction Printer language PCL5e/c Emulation, PCL 6 (XL Version 3.0) Emulation, PostScript 3 Emulation (3016), XPS ver.1.0,...
  • Page 104 Users are responsible for the contents that they access, download, or upload as well as the contents of other communication. Users shall follow the rules of their company and laws of their country. Konica Minolta, Inc. and its group companies accept no responsibility for the users’...
  • Page 105 Paper feeding separation system (Tray 1) Roller separation system with pick-up mechanism Paper feeding separation system (Tray 2) Roller separation system with pick-up mechanism Exposure system (Exposing system) • bizhub C658/C558: 2 beam LD exposing system • bizhub C458: 1 beam LD exposing system Exposure system (Scan system)
  • Page 106 C458: 211.8 mm/s Copying speed for multi-copy cycle (A4 or Black print, Color print bizhub C658: 1-sided: 65 sheets/min., 2-sided: 65 sheets/min. 8 1/2 x 11, plain paper) bizhub C558: 1-sided: 55 sheets/min., 2-sided: 55 sheets/min. bizhub C458: 1-sided: 45 sheets/min., 2-sided: 45 sheets/min.
  • Page 107 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 2. bizhub C658/C558/C458 Type Paper source (maximum tray capacity) Tray 1 Tray 2 Manual bypass tray Long size paper (127 to ○ (10 sheets) *5 210 g/m2, 33 13/16 to 55 7/8 lb) Copy paper dimensions Width 139.7 mm to 297 mm (5 1/2...
  • Page 108 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 2. bizhub C658/C558/C458 2.5.3  bizhub C458 Items Japan North America Europe Print volume (prints/month) Color 1,900 prints/month 3,100 prints/month 3,200 prints/month Average Black 7,500 prints/month 6,200 prints/month 7,300 prints/month Print volume (prints/month) Color 40,000 prints/month...
  • Page 109 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 2. bizhub C658/C558/C458 • XPS ver.1.0 Supported operating systems (server) • Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64bit, Windows Server 2008 R2 64bit • Windows Server 2012 64bit Supported operating systems (client) • Windows 7, Windows 7 64bit, Windows 8.1, Windows 8.1 64bit, Windows 10, Windows 10 64bit •...
  • Page 110 Users are responsible for the contents that they access, download, or upload as well as the contents of other communication. Users shall follow the rules of their company and laws of their country. Konica Minolta, Inc. and its group companies accept no responsibility for the users’...
  • Page 111 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 3. Dual scan document feeder 3.  Dual scan document feeder 3.1  Type Name Dual scan document feeder Type Paper feed section Paper feed from top of stack Image reading section • Sheet-through system • Back side: Reading by CIS...
  • Page 112 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 3. Dual scan document feeder Type of original Significantly curled original (amount of curl exceeding 15 mm (9/16 inches)) OHP film Label sheet Offset master paper Glossy photographic paper or glossy enamel paper 3.6  Mixed original feed chart Max.
  • Page 113 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 4. DF-629 4.  DF-629 4.1  Type Name Reverse automatic document feeder Type Document feed section Paper feed from top of stack Document reading section Sheet-through system Document switchback Switchback system section Document exit section Straight exit system...
  • Page 114 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 4. DF-629 10mm 20mm 4.5  Prohibited original • Prohibited originals that cause trouble Type of original Sheets stapled or clipped together Book original Sheets with paper attached Sheets clipped or notched Torn paper Original weighing less than 35 g/m...
  • Page 115 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 4. DF-629 Dimension 611.2 mm (W) x 503.6 mm (D) x 127.1 mm (H) (24 1/16 inches (W) x 19 13/16 inches (D) x 5 inches (H)) Weight Approx. 9.0 kg (19 13/16 lb) 4.8  Operating environment...
  • Page 116 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 5. DF-704 5.  DF-704 5.1  Type Name Reverse automatic document feeder Type Document feed section Paper feed from top of stack Document reading section • Front side: Sheet-through system • Back side: Reading by CIS Document exit section...
  • Page 117 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 5. DF-704 10mm 20mm 5.5  Prohibited original • Prohibited originals that cause trouble Type of original Sheets stapled or clipped together Book original Sheets with paper attached Sheets clipped or notched Torn paper Original weighing less than 35 g/m...
  • Page 118 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 5. DF-704 Dimension 611.2 mm (W) x 503.6 mm (D) x 142.1 mm (H) (24 1/16 inches (W) x 19 13/16 inches (D) x 5 5/8 inches (H)) Weight Approx. 12.0 kg (26 7/16 lb) 5.8  Operating environment...
  • Page 119 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 6. PC-110/PC-210 6.  PC-110/PC-210 6.1  Type Name • 1 way paper feed cabinet (PC-110) • 2 way paper feed cabinet (PC-210) Type Front loading type • 1 way paper feed device (PC-110) • 2 way paper feed device (PC-210)
  • Page 120 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 7. PC-115/PC-215 7.  PC-115/PC-215 7.1  Type Name • 1 way paper feed cabinet (PC-115) • 2 way paper feed cabinet (PC-215) Type Front loading type • 1 way paper feed device (PC-115) • 2 way paper feed device (PC-215)
  • Page 121 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 8. PC-410 8.  PC-410 8.1  Type Name Large capacity cabinet Type Front loading type LCC Installation Desk type Original alignment Center 8.2  Paper Type Size Capacity Thin paper (52 to 59 g/m (13 13/16 to 15 A4/Letter, 8 1/2 x 11...
  • Page 122 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 9. PC-415 9.  PC-415 9.1  Type Name Large capacity cabinet Type Front loading type LCC Installation Desk type Original alignment Center 9.2  Paper Type Size Capacity Thin paper (52 to 59 g/m (13 13/16 to 15 A4/Letter, 8 1/2 x 11...
  • Page 123 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 10. LU-207 10.  LU-207 10.1  Type Name 2,500 sheets Large Capacity Unit Type External option attached to the right side of the main body Document alignment Center 10.2  Paper Type Size Basis weight Capacity Plain paper A3, B4, A4/A4S, A3 Wide...
  • Page 124 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 11. LU-302 11.  LU-302 11.1  Type Name 3,000 sheets Large Capacity Unit Type External option attached to the right side of the main body Document alignment Center 11.2  Paper Type Size Basis weight Capacity Plain paper A4 or Letter (8.5x11)
  • Page 125 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. JS-506 12.  JS-506 12.1  Type Type Job separator with movable tray Installation Fixed at the paper exit section of the main body Document alignment Center 12.2  Function Mode • Non sort • Sort, group • Sort offset, group offset 12.3  Capacity...
  • Page 126 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. JS-506 12.6  Operating environment • Conforms to the operating environment of the main body. C-28...
  • Page 127 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 13. FS-533 13.  FS-533 13.1  Type Type Multi staple finisher built into the main body Installation Installed in main body Original alignment Center Consumable Staples (5,000 staples / cartridge) 13.2  Function Mode • Non sort • Sort, group •...
  • Page 128 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 13. FS-533 Paper type Basis weight Paper capacity (Number of stacked sheets/ Height of stacked sheets) A4S or less B4 or greater Thick 3 210 to 256 g/m (55 7/8 to 68 1/8 Thick 4...
  • Page 129 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 13. FS-533 Weight 12.0 kg (26 7/16 lb) • *: Includes mounting part 13.5  Operating environment • Conforms to the operating environment of the main body. C-31...
  • Page 130 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 14. PK-519 14.  PK-519 14.1  Type Name Punch kit Type FS-integrated type punching operation device 14.2  Function Punching method Stops and punches every paper No. of holes • Japan: 2 holes • North America: 2-3 holes switching •...
  • Page 131 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 15. FS-534/FS-534SD 15.  FS-534/FS-534SD 15.1  Type Name Multi staple finisher Type Freestanding Original alignment Center Consumable Staples • FNS section 1 cartridge (5,000 staples / cartridge) • Saddle section two cartridges (5,000 staples / cartridge) • *: FS-534SD only 15.2  Function...
  • Page 132 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 15. FS-534/FS-534SD Paper type Basis weight Max. capacity (Number of stacked sheets/Height of stacked sheets) A5/A5S or less B5/B5S or greater, A4S or B4 or greater less Plain paper • 500 sheets/ 250 mm •...
  • Page 133 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 15. FS-534/FS-534SD (a)  Offset function Exit tray Main tray Shift amount 20 mm (13/16 inches) (b)  Number of stacked sheets Paper type Basis weight Max. capacity (Number of stacked sheets/Height of stacked sheets)*1 less than B5...
  • Page 134 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 15. FS-534/FS-534SD (c)  No. of sheets to be stapled Modes Max. No. of sheets to be stapled Normal mode* • Thin paper / Plain paper / Recycled paper: 50 sheets • Thick 1: 30 sheets •...
  • Page 135 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 15. FS-534/FS-534SD • 658 mm (W) x 641 mm (D) x 1,065 mm (H) (25 7/8 inches (W) x 25 1/4 inches (D) x 41 15/16 inches (H)) * 1 Weight • 40.0 kg (88 3/16 lb) •...
  • Page 136 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 16. FS-536/FS-536SD 16.  FS-536/FS-536SD 16.1  Type Name Multi staple finisher (FS-536) Finisher-contained center-staple and tri-fold device (FS-536SD) Type Freestanding Document alignment Center Stapling function Center 2-point stapling method by fixed stapler (FS-536SD) Consumable Staples (5,000 staples / cartridge) 16.2  Function...
  • Page 137 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 16. FS-536/FS-536SD Paper type Basis weight Maximum capacity OHP film Label sheet Letterhead Tab paper (b)  Paper size Type Size Regular size paper A6S, A5S, A5, B5S, B5, B6S, A4S, A4, B4, A3, SRA3, A3 wide, Postcard S...
  • Page 138 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 16. FS-536/FS-536SD Mode Max. No. of sheets to be stapled Thick paper (91 to 120g/m2 (24 3/16 to 31 15/16 lb)): 30 sheets *2 Thick paper (121 to 209 g/m2 (32 3/16 to 55 5/8 lb)): 15 sheets *2...
  • Page 139 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 16. FS-536/FS-536SD 16.5  Operating environment • Conforms to the operating environment of the main body. C-41...
  • Page 140 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 17. PK-520 17.  PK-520 17.1  Type Name Punch kit Type FS-integrated type punching operation device 17.2  Functions Punching method Stops and punches every paper No. of holes • Japan: 2 holes • North America: 2-3 holes switching •...
  • Page 141 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 18. FS-537/FS-537SD 18.  FS-537/FS-537SD 18.1  Type Name Multi staple finisher (FS-537) Finisher-contained center-staple and tri-fold device (FS-537SD) Type Freestanding Document alignment Center Stapling function Center 2-point stapling method by fixed stapler (FS-537SD) Consumable Staples (5,000 staples / cartridge) 18.2  Function...
  • Page 142 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 18. FS-537/FS-537SD Exit tray Mode Paper type Paper size Number of stacked sheets Main tray *2 Sort, group Plain paper, recycled paper, thin paper (52 A4S/LetterS or less *2 FS-537: 3000 sheets/ to 90 g/m...
  • Page 143 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 18. FS-537/FS-537SD 18.8  Operating environment • Conforms to the operating environment of the main body. C-45...
  • Page 144 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 19. PK-523 19.  PK-523 19.1  Type Name PK-523 Type Finisher-contained hole punch device with auto paper alignment mechanism 19.2  Function Punching method Slide cam method by DC brush motor No. of holes 2-3 holes, 2-4 holes, Sweden 4 holes Hole diameter 2 holes / φ...
  • Page 145 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 20. ZU-609 20.  ZU-609 20.1  Type Name Z folding unit Type Finisher-contained Document alignment Center 20.2  Function Mode • Through (no folding) • Z-folding • Double-folding • Z-folding+punch (PK is installed) • Double-folding+punch (PK is installed) 20.3  Paper process ability 20.3.1  Paper size...
  • Page 146 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 21. JS-602 21.  JS-602 21.1  Type Name Job Separator Type Add-on finishing device externally mounted on top of finisher Installation Fixed to finisher Document alignment Center 21.2  Function Mode Group, Sort (during copy, print, or fax mode) 21.3  Paper...
  • Page 147 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 22. PI-507 22.  PI-507 22.1  Type Name Post inserter unit Type External type finisher 22.2  Function Auto sheet feeding (online operation) Feeds the sheet to finisher automatically under the instruction from the main body. Manual sheet feeding (offline operation) Feeds the sheet to finisher under the instruction from the operation panel of PI.
  • Page 148 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 23. CU-101 23.  CU-101 23.1  Type Name Clean unit Type Exhaust scrubber Suction system Dual inline fan + suction fan (MK-745) Trapping system UFP trap UFP filter Deodorant trap Deodorant filter UFP collection UFP filter collection capacity: More than 99 %...
  • Page 149 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 24. CU-102 24.  CU-102 24.1  Type Name Clean unit Type Exhaust scrubber Suction system Dual parallel fan Trapping system UFP trap UFP filter UFP collection UFP filter collection capacity: More than 99 % efficiency Maximum suction 1.2 m...
  • Page 150 Multiple line connection Four lines can be connected by installing four fax kit. (FK-514 x 2units and FK-515 x 2units) Communication time Level of 2 seconds (Konica Minolta standard A4 chart, 33,600 bps) Resolution conversion At sending: • Scanner: inch •...
  • Page 151 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 25. FK-514/FK-515 Long original mode • 1000 mm • Originals with unlimited length are not available. Effective scanning range When a document is smaller than the effective scanning area, the area outside the document is erased.
  • Page 152 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 25. FK-514/FK-515 Interruption during scanning When pressing the interrupt key while scanning documents to be transmitted, INTERRUPT LED blinks. Copy screen appears after scanning is completed. Interruption during recording in the FAX Operations by using the interrupt key are invalid.
  • Page 153 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 25. FK-514/FK-515 Phone book dial (Abbr) • After appointing character to search, use up and down cursor keys. External phone connection jack • Depends on specifications of each country. 25.2.2  Transmission Timer transmission 24-hour (max.) timer setting is possible. (one station, sequential multi-stations transmission)
  • Page 154 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 25. FK-514/FK-515 • When the remote station is V17, communications start at TCM 7,200 bps. When the remote station is V34, they start at 28,800 bps. V34-off transmission Transmitted without V34 mode. The V34-off appointment can be registered in the abbreviated / program dials.
  • Page 155 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 25. FK-514/FK-515 Adaptive (automatic) reduction 87 to 96 % in steps of 1 % Becomes the adaptive reduction when “Print Separate Fax Pages = OFF” is selected. In case of the adaptive reduction, if the reception image size is a little bigger than recording paper, the size is automatically reduced so that it becomes within the recording paper size and is recorded.
  • Page 156 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 25. FK-514/FK-515 • Possible to output with images Sync transmit reservation report Automatic output: Users can turn ON / OFF. Broadcast result report Polled Tx reserve report Polled Tx result report Polled Rx result report...
  • Page 157 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 25. FK-514/FK-515 Print MDN message Output can be produced Print receipt mail text Output can be produced Network fax relay result Output can be produced report Network fax activity report • During automatic output: Shared with Fax Activity Report. Max.
  • Page 158 • The functions available for i-Option are as follows. NOTE ▪ To use the i-Option functions, upgrade kit UK-211 must be installed. (Except LK-111, LK-115 v2 and My Panel) Not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458 26.1.1  List of advanced functions Function Overview...
  • Page 159 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 26. i-Option Function Overview Required option My Panel Allows you to use the touch panel, which is customized only for you, through any • My Panel Manager MFP connected to the network. The touch panel customization settings are stored Application license on the My Panel Manager server.
  • Page 160 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION (bizhub C368/C308/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C258) D  OVERALL COMPOSITION 1.  SYSTEM CONFIGURATION (bizhub C368/C308/C258) 1.1  System configuration 1.1.1  System front view 1 [35] [10] [11] [34] [12] [33] [13] [14] [32] [15]   [31] [16] [20] [17] [30]...
  • Page 161 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION (bizhub C368/C308/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C258) 1.1.2  System front view 2 [10] Condensation prevention heater power supply box Condensation prevention heater HT-510 *1 MK-719 *1 Local Interface Kit EK-608 Local Interface Kit EK-609 Upgrade Kit UK-212...
  • Page 162 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION (bizhub C368/C308/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C258) 1.2.6  Combination configuration of paper feed options and dehumidifier heater (1)  Japan DK-510 (standard equipment HT-509 dehumidifier heater) PC-110 (standard equipment HT-509 LU-302 (standard equipment TK-101 dehumidifier heater) dehumidifier heater)
  • Page 163 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 2. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION (bizhub C658/C558/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C458) 2.  SYSTEM CONFIGURATION (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 2.1  System configuration 2.1.1  System front view 1 [40] [39] [38] [37] [36] [35] [34] [10] [33] [32] [11] [31] [30] [12] [19] [13] [17] [29]...
  • Page 164 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 2. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION (bizhub C658/C558/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C458) 2.1.2  System front view 2 Condensation prevention heater power supply box Condensation prevention heater HT-510 *1 MK-719 *1 Local Interface Kit EK-608 Local Interface Kit EK-609 Upgrade Kit UK-212...
  • Page 165 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 2. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION (bizhub C658/C558/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C458) PC-115 (standard equipment HT-509 LU-302 / LU-207 (standard TK-101 dehumidifier heater) equipment dehumidifier heater) PC-215 (standard equipment HT-509 LU-302 / LU-207 (standard TK-101 dehumidifier heater) equipment dehumidifier heater)
  • Page 166 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 3. SECTION CONFIGURATION (bizhub C368/C308/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C258) 3.  SECTION CONFIGURATION (bizhub C368/C308/C258) [13] [12] [11] [10] Scanner section Paper exit/reverse section Duplex section Fusing section 2nd transfer section Registration section Paper feed section (Manual bypass tray)
  • Page 167 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 4. SECTION CONFIGURATION (bizhub C658/C558/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C458) 4.  SECTION CONFIGURATION (bizhub C658/C558/C458) [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] Scanner section Paper exit/reverse section Duplex section Fusing section 2nd transfer section Registration section Paper feed section (Manual bypass tray)
  • Page 168 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 5. PAPER PATH (bizhub C368/C308/C258) 5.  PAPER PATH (bizhub C368/C308/C258)
  • Page 169 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 6. PAPER PATH (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 6.  PAPER PATH (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 6.1  Main body + FS-537SD + RU-513 + LU-207 + PI-507 • List of drive rollers and sensors in the paper path: FS-537SD_RU-513_LU-207_PI-507_E.pdf 6.2  Main body + FS-536SD + RU-513 + LU-302 •...
  • Page 170 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 7. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM (bizhub C368/C308/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C258) 7.  CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM (bizhub C368/C308/C258) DF-704 DF-629 Scanner section Dual scan image processing board Scanner drive CCD board board Operation panel FAX board DC power supply unit...
  • Page 171 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 8. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM (bizhub C658/C558/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C458) 8.  CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM (bizhub C658/C558/C458) Scanner section Dual scan image processing board Scanner drive CCD board board Operation panel Key counter FAX board DC power supply unit...
  • Page 172 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 9. IMAGE CREATION PROCESS 9.  IMAGE CREATION PROCESS [13] [10] [12] [11] [1] Photoelectric The light reflected off the surface of the original is separated into different colors using the color filters (R, G, and conversion B);...
  • Page 173 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 10. IMAGE FORMING CONTROL (bizhub C368/C308/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C258) 10.  IMAGE FORMING CONTROL (bizhub C368/C308/C258) PC motor (M2) Erase LED/Y,M,C Charge bias AC/Y,M,C Charge bias DC/Y,M,C Developing bias DC/Y,M,C 1st transfer voltage/Y,M,C Transport motor (M1) Erase LED/K...
  • Page 174 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 11. IMAGE FORMING CONTROL (bizhub C658/C558/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C458) 11.  IMAGE FORMING CONTROL (bizhub C658/C558/C458) PC motor (M2) Developing motor (M21) Erase LED/Y,M,C Charge bias AC/Y,M,C Charge bias DC/Y,M,C Developing bias DC/Y,M,C 1st transfer voltage/Y,M,C Transport motor (M1)
  • Page 175 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 12. PROCESS SPEED (bizhub C368/C308/C258) 12.  PROCESS SPEED (bizhub C368/C308/C258) Paper Type/Mode bizhub C368 bizhub C308 /C258 • Plain paper 166.4 mm/s 145.8 mm/s • Thin paper • Thick 1 83.2 mm/s • Thick 1+ •...
  • Page 176 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 13. PROCESS SPEED (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 13.  PROCESS SPEED (bizhub C658/C558/C458) Paper Type/Mode bizhub C658 bizhub C558 bizhub C458 • Plain paper 290.0 mm/s 252.2 mm/s 211.9 mm/s • Thin paper • Thick 1 145.0 mm/s 126.1 mm/s...
  • Page 177 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 E  SERVICE TOOL 1.  bizhub C368/C308/C258 1.1  Service material list Name Shape Parts No. Remarks Cleaning pad A5AWP001## 10pcs/1 pack Hydro-wipe 65AA-9920 10pcs/1 pack 1.2  CE tool list Tool name Shape Quantity Parts No. Remarks...
  • Page 178 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 • Accessing PageScope Web Connection -> [Administrator mode] -> [Network Settings], set use of [SSL/TLS] in [OpenAPI] to “SSL Only”. NOTE ▪ Only one loadable device driver must be stored in the USB memory, and please do not save any other data in the USB memory.
  • Page 179 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 13. Check that “Normal” is shown in [Status]. 14. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON. 15. Set the authentication user. (f)  Auth Device Tool Advanced for AU-202H (Setting IC card information in the loadable driver in advance) 1.
  • Page 180 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 15. Set the authentication user. (j)  Auth Device Tool Advanced for 5427CK (Installing IC card information setting only in the MFP afterward: TypeA/ HID Prox/Multiple) 1. Install the [loadable driver] for the OMNIKEY 5427CK (AU-205H) on the MFP.
  • Page 181 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 1. bizhub C368/C308/C258 4. Select Loadable Driver in [Export Format] and click [Export]. 5. Select the loadable driver to be updated and the output location of the loadable driver and click [OK]. 6. Copy the output loadable driver (ICC_LDR.tar) to the root directory of the USB memory.
  • Page 182 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 2. DF-628 2.  DF-628 2.1  CE tool list Tool name Shape Quantity Parts No. Remarks DF reading chart 9J06 PJG1 XX DF reading chart (for 1- 9J07 9551 ## sided) DF reading chart (for A782 9450 ##...
  • Page 183 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 3. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3.  bizhub C658/C558/C458 3.1  Service material list Name Shape Parts No. Remarks Cleaning pad A5AWP001## 10pcs/1 pack Hydro-wipe 65AA-9920 10pcs/1 pack 3.2  CE tool list Tool name Shape Quantity Parts No. Remarks Color chart...
  • Page 184 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 3. bizhub C658/C558/C458 NOTE ▪ Only one loadable device driver must be stored in the USB memory, and please do not save any other data in the USB memory. (b)  Auth Device Tool Advanced for AU-201/AU-201S (Setting IC card information in the loadable driver in advance) 1.
  • Page 185 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 3. bizhub C658/C558/C458 15. Set the authentication user. (f)  Auth Device Tool Advanced for AU-202H (Setting IC card information in the loadable driver in advance) 1. Obtain the loadable driver (ICC_LDR.tar) for use in AU-202H that is compatible with the type of card used.
  • Page 186 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 3. bizhub C658/C558/C458 (j)  Auth Device Tool Advanced for 5427CK (Installing IC card information setting only in the MFP afterward: TypeA/ HID Prox/Multiple) 1. Install the [loadable driver] for the OMNIKEY 5427CK (AU-205H) on the MFP.
  • Page 187 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 3. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6. Copy the output loadable driver (ICC_LDR.tar) to the root directory of the USB memory. NOTE ▪ Please do not save any other data in the USB memory. 7. Call the Service Mode to the screen of the MFP.
  • Page 188 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 E SERVICE TOOL > 4. Dual Scan Document Feeder 4.  Dual Scan Document Feeder 4.1  CE tool list Tool name Shape Quantity Parts No. Remarks DF reading chart 9J06 PJG1 XX DF reading chart (for A782 9450 ## Duplex) Adjustment sheet for...
  • Page 189 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 1. Concept of periodical maintenance F  PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE 1.  Concept of periodical maintenance • Cleaning/replacement cycle for each maintenance item of main body/options can be evaluated with the total counter or each life counter value of [Service Mode] -> [Counter] -> [Life].
  • Page 190 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items 2.  Periodical maintenance items 2.1  Main unit (bizhub C368/C308/C258) 2.1.1  bizhub C368 (1)  Periodical maintenance 1 (Total counter; every 60,000 counts) Section Description/part name Clean Check Replace Descriptions Overall Paper feed and image conditions ●...
  • Page 191 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items (3)  Periodical maintenance 3 (Field standard yield; every 120,000 sheets) Section Description/part name Clean Check Replace Descriptions Processing section Drum unit/K ● (4)  Periodical maintenance 4 (Life counter; every 200,000 counts) Section...
  • Page 192 Replace Descriptions Processing section Developing unit/Y,M,C,K ● Fusing section Fusing unit ● 2.2  Main unit (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 2.2.1  bizhub C658 (1)  Periodical maintenance 1 (Total counter; every 60,000 counts) Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions Overall Paper feed and image conditions ●...
  • Page 193 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items (7)  Periodical maintenance 7 (Field standard yield; every 590,000 sheets) Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions Processing section Developing unit/Y, M, C, K (Japan) ● (8)  Periodical maintenance 8 (Field standard yield; every 595,000 sheets)
  • Page 194 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions Tray 1 feed roller ● Tray 1 separation roller ● Tray 2 pick-up roller ● Tray 2 feed roller ● Tray 2 separation roller ●...
  • Page 195 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items (3)  Periodical maintenance 3 (Field standard yield; every 100,000 sheets) Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions Processing section Drum unit/Y, M, C (Outside of Japan) ● (4)  Periodical maintenance 4 (Field standard yield; every 135,000 sheets)
  • Page 196 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions Conveyance section Rollers and rolls ● Scanning section Front side scanning guide ● Paper feed section Reflective sensor section ● (2)  Periodical maintenance 2 (life counter; every 200,000 counts)
  • Page 197 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items 2.3.3  PC-110/PC-410 (1)  Periodical maintenance 1 (life counter; every 300,000 counts) Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions Overall Paper feed and image conditions ● Appearance ● ● Paper feed section Pick-up roller ●...
  • Page 198 Alignment section Alignment roller assy/ F ● Alignment roller assy/ R ● *: Replace those three parts at the same time. 2.4  Option (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 2.4.1  PC-115/PC-415 (1)  Periodical maintenance 1 (life counter; every 300,000 counts) Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace...
  • Page 199 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions FNS middle sensor (PS36) ● Main tray exit sensor (PS37) ● (2)  Periodical maintenance 2 (life counter; every 2,000,000 counts) Section Description/part name...
  • Page 200 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions Conveyance section Paper exit roller ● (2)  Periodical maintenance 2 (Parts Counter (fixed); every 100,000 sheets) Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace...
  • Page 201 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items Section Description/part name Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions Appearance ● ● Conveyance section Roller and rolls ● Paper exit section Paddle ● (2)  Periodical maintenance 2 (life counter; every 1,000,000 counts)

  • Page 202: Table Of Contents

    C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement parts list 3.  Periodical replacement parts list 3.1  bizhub C368/C308/C258 Classification Parts name Parts No. Replacing cycle Descr Ref. page iption Paper feed Tray 1 pick-up roller A5C1 5622 ## 300,000 F.7.7.1 Replacing the tray 1...

  • Page 203: Paper Feed Tray 1 Pick-Up Roller

    C458 300,000 Fusing Fusing unit bizhub C658 A79J R710 ## 1,185,000 (Japan) F.8.10.1 Replacing the section 1,175,000 (North fusing unit (bizhub C658/ America) C558) 1,200,000 (Europe) bizhub C558 A79J R710 ## 1,185,000 (Japan) 1,175,000 (North America) 1,200,000 (Europe) bizhub C458 A79M R701 ##: 100 520,000 (Japan) F.8.10.2 Replacing the...
  • Page 204 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement parts list Classification Parts name Parts No. Replacing cycle Descr Ref. page iption A79M R703 ##: 230V *1: The parts can be replaced either by user or service engineer. *2: Actual durable cycle (life counter value) *3: Field standard yield C.2.4 Material...
  • Page 205 Alignment roller assy/ R A2YU PPK1 ## 1,000,000 FS-533 *1: Actual durable cycle (life counter value) *2: Replace those parts at the same time. 3.4  Option (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 3.4.1  PC-115 Parts name Parts No. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. page Pick-up roller...
  • Page 206 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement parts list 3.4.4  LU-207 Parts name Parts No. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. page Pick-up roller A5C1 5622 ## 300,000 F.16.1.1 Replacing the pick-up roller Feed roller A00J 5636 ## 300,000 F.16.1.2 Replacing the feed...
  • Page 207 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement parts list Parts name Parts No. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. page Upper paddle (Saddle unit) A3ER PP38 ## 2,000,000 F.24.1.6 Replacing the upper paddle (FS-536SD) Lower paddle (Saddle unit) A3ER PP7Y ## 2,000,000 F.24.1.7 Replacing the...
  • Page 208 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 4. Periodical cleaning parts list (bizhub C368/C308/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C258) 4.  Periodical cleaning parts list (bizhub C368/C308/C258) • Clean with reference to the numeric values displayed on the total counter or the messages displayed on the control panel.
  • Page 209 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 5. Periodical cleaning parts list (bizhub C658/C558/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C458) 5.  Periodical cleaning parts list (bizhub C658/C558/C458) • Clean with reference to the numeric values displayed on the total counter, the life counter or the messages displayed on the control panel.
  • Page 210 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 5. Periodical cleaning parts list (bizhub C658/C558/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C458) • *: Total counter value 5.5  JS-602 Parts name Actual cleaning cycle Note Conveyance roller 100,000 Paper exit roller 100,000 • *: Total counter value 5.6  PI-507 Parts name...

  • Page 211: Drum Unit

    I.7.3.9 (3) (y) Replacement timing Intelligent Control of Developing unit 6.2  Consumable/part replacement time (bizhub C658/C558/C458) • The replacement time for each consumable and part is available from [Service Mode] -> [Counter] -> [Life]. • The replacement time means the standard replacement time when prints are made under the conditions as defined in the another section, Specified conditions for replacement time.
  • Page 212 A4S: 7 % Color ratio Original density Each color 5% Average print volume/month 8,900 prints/month 6,700 prints/month 5,100 prints/month 6.4  Specified condition for replacement time on field standard yield (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 6.4.1  Japan Items bizhub C658 bizhub C558 bizhub C458 Printing Color...
  • Page 213 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Concept of consumable/part replacement time 6.4.2  North America Items bizhub C658 bizhub C558 bizhub C458 Printing Color 3 P/J 3 P/J 2.5 P/J Black 7 P/J 6 P/J 5 P/J Paper size ratio Letter S: 7%...

  • Page 214: Bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258

    F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 7.  Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/C308/C258 NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 7.1  Photo conductor section 7.1.1  Replacing the drum unit CAUTION •...
  • Page 215 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 1. Remove the drum unit [1] from its package. 2. Remove the drum unit [1] from the plastic bag. 3. Peel off the tape [1]. NOTE ▪ Do not hold the drum unit by the upper part. Holding it by the upper part can cause scratches on the surface of the photo conductor, resulting in the deterioration of image quality.

  • Page 216: Replacing The Developing Unit

    F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 8. Turn the drum unit lock lever [1] and lock the drum unit. NOTE ▪ If the lock lever is hard to rotate, turn the lever while pushing the drum unit to the rear.
  • Page 217 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 7.3  Toner supply section 7.3.1  Replacing the toner cartridge (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Toner cartridge/Y,M,C : Every 25,000 prints (bizhub C368) • Toner cartridge/Y,M,C : Every 25,000 prints (bizhub C308) •...

  • Page 218: Replacing The Transfer Belt Unit

    F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 2. Wipe the image transfer entrance guide [1] clean of spilled toner and dirt using a cleaning pad with water or alcohol. 7.4.2  Cleaning of the IDC sensor window (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 219 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 5. Remove two screws [1] and unlock the transfer belt unit [2]. 6. Hold the both sides and lift it to take out the transfer belt unit [1] a little.

  • Page 220: Replacing The Transfer Roller Unit

    F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 7.5  2nd transfer/separation section 7.5.1  Replacing the transfer roller unit (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Transfer roller unit : Every 300,000 sheets (bizhub C368) • Transfer roller unit : Every 300,000 sheets (bizhub C308) •...
  • Page 221 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 (3)  Reinstall procedure 1. Remove the brand new waste toner box from its package and remove the packing material. 2. Set the waste toner box [1]. 3. Close the front door.
  • Page 222 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 3. Remove the tray 2. G.5.2.24 Tray 2 4. Remove the C-clip [1] each, and remove the tray 2 feed roller [2], tray 2 pick- up roller [3] and tray 2 separation roller [4].
  • Page 223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 6. Remove the manual bypass tray separation roller unit [1]. 7. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the manual bypass tray separation roller assy [2].

  • Page 224: Replacing The Fusing Unit

    F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 7.9  Fusing section 7.9.1  Replacing the fusing unit CAUTION • The temperature gets high in the vicinity of the fusing unit. You may get burned when you come into contact with the area.
  • Page 225 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C368/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C308/C258 7.10  Duplex section 7.10.1  Cleaning of the duplex transport rollers (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle • Duplex transport rollers: Every 60,000 counts (upon each call) (2)  Procedure 1. Open the right door.
  • Page 226 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 8.  Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/C558/C458 NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 8.1  Housing section 8.1.1  Replacing the toner filter (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle •...
  • Page 227 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 3. Turn the drum unit lock lever [1] and release the lock. 4. Pull the drum unit [1] to you and remove it from the machine. (3)  Reinstall procedure 1.
  • Page 228 (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Developing unit: Every 595,000 sheets (bizhub C658 - Japan) • Developing unit: Every 590,000 sheets (bizhub C658 - North America) • Developing unit: Every 600,000 sheets (bizhub C658 - Europe) • Developing unit: Every 595,000 sheets (bizhub C558 - Japan) •...
  • Page 229 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 5. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the developing unit [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 230 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 1. Remove the new toner cartridge [1] from its packaging, and the shake the cartridge side to side 5 to 10 times. NOTE ▪ Shake the toner cartridge well.
  • Page 231 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 2. Wipe out the IDC sensor window [1]. NOTE ▪ Do not wipe out with any solvents or alcohols. 8.5.3  Replacing the transfer belt unit (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle •...
  • Page 232 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 5. Hold the both sides and lift it to take out the transfer belt unit [1] a little. 6. Hold the position [1] and remove the transfer belt unit [2].
  • Page 233 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 2. Unlock the lock levers [1] of the transfer roller unit (at two places). 3. Holding onto the lock levers [1] (at two places), remove the transfer roller unit [2].
  • Page 234 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 1. Remove the brand new waste toner box from its package and remove the packing material. 2. Set the waste toner box [1]. 3. Close the lower front door.
  • Page 235 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 (2)  Procedure 1. Open the right door. 2. Remove the tray 1. G.6.2.27 Tray 1 3. Remove the tray 2. G.6.2.28 Tray 2 4. Release the tab [1], and remove the tray 2 feed roller [2].
  • Page 236 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 7. Remove the manual bypass tray separation roller unit [1]. 8. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the manual bypass tray separation roller assy [2].
  • Page 237 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 8.10  Fusing section 8.10.1  Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C658/C558) CAUTION • The temperature gets high in the vicinity of the fusing unit. You may get burned when you come into contact with the area.
  • Page 238 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 8.10.2  Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C458) CAUTION • The temperature gets high in the vicinity of the fusing unit. You may get burned when you come into contact with the area.
  • Page 239 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub C658/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 C558/C458 NOTE ▪ If you continue to use the main unit without cleaning the IH coil, toner and paper dust could accumulate on the IH coil, which could result in image streaks and unevenness in gloss.
  • Page 240 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance procedure dual scan bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 document feeder 9.  Periodical maintenance procedure dual scan document feeder NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 9.1  Take-up section 9.1.1  Cleaning of the pick-up roller/feed roller (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 241 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance procedure dual scan bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 document feeder 9.1.3  Cleaning the torque limiter (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle • Torque limiter: Every 200,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1. Open the left cover [1]. 2. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the torque limiter [1] clean of dirt.
  • Page 242 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance procedure dual scan bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 document feeder 3. Remove two C-clips [1], and remove the arm [2]. 4. Remove the C-clip [1] and the belt [2], and remove the pick-up roller assy [3].
  • Page 243 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance procedure dual scan bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 document feeder 2. Grip both sides [1] of the holder and remove the separation roller assy [2]. 3. While opening up the holder [1], remove the shaft. NOTE ▪...
  • Page 244 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance procedure dual scan bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 document feeder 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]. 3. Lift up the document feed tray. 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1].
  • Page 245 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance procedure dual scan bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 document feeder 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roll [1]. 3. Open the left cover [1]. 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roll [1].
  • Page 246 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance procedure dual scan bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 document feeder 8. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roll [1]. 9.3  Scanning section 9.3.1  Cleaning of the front side scanning guide (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle • Front side scanning guide: Every 50,000 counts (2)  Procedure...
  • Page 247 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 10. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-629 10.  Periodical maintenance procedure DF-629 NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 10.1  Take-up section 10.1.1  Cleaning of the pick-up roller/feed roller (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle •...
  • Page 248 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 10. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-629 10.1.3  Replacing the paper feed assy. (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Paper feed assy.: Every 200,000 counts NOTE ▪ At replacing the rollers, the paper feed assy. (pick-up roller + feed roller) and the separation roller assy. must be replaced at the same time.
  • Page 249 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 10. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-629 5. Remove the C-clip [1]. 6. Remove the screw [2], and remove the spring [3]. 7. Remove the C-clip [1] and slide the bushing [2] in the direction of the arrow.
  • Page 250 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 10. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-629 14. Remove the C-ring [1] and the pin [2], and remove the arm [3]. NOTE ▪ Be careful not to lose the pin [2]. 15. Remove the C-ring [1], the pulley [2] and the gear [3].
  • Page 251 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 10. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-629 3. Remove the separation roller assy [1]. NOTE ▪ Do not lose the spring [2] at the lower part of the separation roller assy [1]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 252 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 10. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-629 (2)  Procedure 1. Lift up the document feed tray. 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]. 3. Open the left cover [1]. 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1].
  • Page 253 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 10. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-629 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the scanning guide [1] clean of dirt. NOTE ▪ Be careful not to damage the sheet. 10.3.2  Cleaning of the reflective sensor section (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 254 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 11.  Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 11.1  Take-up section 11.1.1  Cleaning of the pick-up roller/feed roller (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle •...
  • Page 255 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 11.1.3  Replacing the paper feed assy. (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Paper feed assy.: Every 200,000 counts NOTE ▪ At replacing the rollers, the paper feed assy. (pick-up roller + feed roller) and the separation roller assy.
  • Page 256 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 5. Remove the C-clip [1]. 6. Remove the screw [2], and remove the spring [3]. 7. Remove the C-clip [1] and slide the bushing [2] in the direction of the arrow.
  • Page 257 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 14. Remove the C-ring [1] and the pin [2], and remove the arm [3]. NOTE ▪ Be careful not to lose the pin [2]. 15. Remove the C-ring [1], the pulley [2] and the gear [3].
  • Page 258 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 3. Remove the separation roller assy [1]. NOTE ▪ Do not lose the spring [2] at the lower part of the separation roller assy [1]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 259 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 5. Open the opening and closing guide [1]. 6. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roll [1]. 7. Close the opening and closing guide [1]. 11.2.2  Cleaning of the miscellaneous rollers (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 260 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]. 5. Remove the front cover. G.8.4.1 Front cover (DF-704) 6. Remove the rear cover. G.8.4.2 Rear cover (DF-704) 7.
  • Page 261 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 12. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]. 13. Close the opening and closing guide [1]. 11.3  Scanning section 11.3.1  Cleaning of the front side scanning guide (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 262 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-704 3. Open the document reading front guide [1], and clean the sensor [2] and the reflective part [3] using a brush or other similar tools. F-74...
  • Page 263 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 12. Periodical maintenance procedure PC-110/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 PC-210 12.  Periodical maintenance procedure PC-110/PC-210 12.1  Paper feed section 12.1.1  Replacing the tray 3 feed roller, tray 3 pick-up roller, tray 3 separation roller (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Tray 3 feed roller: Every 300,000 counts •...
  • Page 264 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 12. Periodical maintenance procedure PC-110/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 PC-210 5. Select [Service Mode] -> [Counter] -> [Life] and clear the count of [4th.]. F-76...
  • Page 265 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 13. Periodical maintenance procedure PC-115/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 PC-215 13.  Periodical maintenance procedure PC-115/PC-215 13.1  Paper feed section 13.1.1  Replacing the tray 3 feed roller, tray 3 pick-up roller, tray 3 separation roller (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Tray 3 feed roller: Every 300,000 counts •...
  • Page 266 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 14. Periodical maintenance procedure PC-410 14.  Periodical maintenance procedure PC-410 14.1  Paper feed section 14.1.1  Replacing the feed roller, pick-up roller, separation roller (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Feed roller: Every 300,000 counts • Pick-up roller: Every 300,000 counts •...
  • Page 267 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 15. Periodical maintenance procedure PC-415 15.  Periodical maintenance procedure PC-415 15.1  Paper feed section 15.1.1  Replacing the feed roller, pick-up roller, separation roller (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Feed roller: Every 300,000 counts • Pick-up roller: Every 300,000 counts •...
  • Page 268 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 16. Periodical maintenance procedure LU-207 16.  Periodical maintenance procedure LU-207 16.1  Paper feed section 16.1.1  Replacing the pick-up roller (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Pick-up roller: Every 300,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1. Open the upper door. 2. Move the feed roller [1] up.
  • Page 269 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 16. Periodical maintenance procedure LU-207 2. Move the feed roller [1] up. 3. Remove two C-clips [1], the bushing [2] and remove the feed roller assy [3]. 4. Remove three C-clips [1], the actuator [2] and remove the feed roller [3].
  • Page 270 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 16. Periodical maintenance procedure LU-207 4. Remove the C-clip [1] while pressing the separation roller down to remove the separation roller [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. F-82...
  • Page 271 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 17. Periodical maintenance procedure LU-302 17.  Periodical maintenance procedure LU-302 17.1  Paper feed section 17.1.1  Replacing the pick-up roller (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Pick-up roller: Every 300,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1. Open the upper door. 2. Move the feed roller assy [1] up.
  • Page 272 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 17. Periodical maintenance procedure LU-302 3. Remove two C-clips [1], the bushing [2] and remove the feed roller assy [3]. 4. Remove three C-clips [1], the actuator [2] and remove the feed roller [3].
  • Page 273 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 18. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-534/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-534SD 18.  Periodical maintenance procedure FS-534/FS-534SD NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 18.1  Paper exit section 18.1.1  Cleaning procedure for each rollers/each rolls (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 274 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 18. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-534/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-534SD 6. Remove two tabs [1], and remove the cover [2]. 7. Release the tab [1], and remove the main tray upper position detect switch [2]. 8. Remove four screws [1], and remove the cover [2].
  • Page 275 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 18. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-534/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-534SD (2)  Cleaning point 18.1.5  Cleaning the upper paddle (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle • Upper paddle: Every 300,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1. Remove the saddle unit. G.8.14.10 Saddle unit (FS-534SD) 2. Remove the front cover.
  • Page 276 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 18. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-534/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-534SD 18.1.6  Cleaning the lower paddle (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle • Lower paddle: Every 300,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the paddle [1]. 18.1.7  Replacing the upper paddle assy (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle...
  • Page 277 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 18. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-534/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-534SD 8. Remove the upper paddle assy [1]. 9. Remove the bushing [1]. 10. Remove the E-ring [2], and remove the bushing [3]. 11. Remove two E-rings [4]. 12. Replace the upper paddle assy [5].
  • Page 278 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 19. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-533 19.  Periodical maintenance procedure FS-533 NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 19.1  Paper exit section 19.1.1  Cleaning procedure for each parts (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle •...
  • Page 279 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 19. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-533 Front cover (FS-533) 2. Remove the C-clip [1]. 3. Move the bushing [2] to the right. 4. Pull the paper stopper [1] and remove the alignment roller assy /F [2].
  • Page 280 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD 20.  Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/FS-537SD NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 20.1  Paper exit section 20.1.1  Cleaning procedure for each rollers/each rolls (FS-537SD/FS-537) (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 281 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD FS-537 (when JS-602 is installed) [10] Job separator exit roller, roll (Job Separator) * Job separator transport roller, roll (Job Separator) * Sub tray transport roller, roll Transport roller 1/transport roller 2...
  • Page 282 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD 3. NOTE ▪ Since the main tray [2] cannot be removed if it is positioned at the top, slide the gear coupling [1] to the right and lower the tray to the lowest level to remove it.
  • Page 283 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD (2)  Procedure 1. Clean the exit tray conveyance belt [1] with a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol. 20.1.5  Cleaning the upper paddle (FS-537SD) (1)  Procedure 1. Remove the saddle unit. Saddle unit (FS-537SD saddle section) 2.
  • Page 284 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD (2)  Procedure 1. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the paddle [1]. 20.1.7  Replacing the upper paddle (FS-537SD) (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Upper paddle: Every 2,000,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1.
  • Page 285 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD 9. Remove the bushing [1]. 10. Remove the E-ring [2], and remove the bushing [3]. 11. Remove two E-rings [4]. 12. Replace the upper paddle [5]. [2] [3] 13.
  • Page 286 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD 4. Clean the FNS entrance sensor [1]. NOTE ▪ Do not wipe out with any solvents or alcohols. 5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
  • Page 287 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD 8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse. 20.2.3  Main tray exit sensor (PS37) (FS-537SD/FS-537) (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle • Main tray exit sensor (PS37): Every 300,000 printouts (2)  Procedure...
  • Page 288 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 20. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-537/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-537SD 8. Pull out and clean the main tray exit sensor [1]. NOTE ▪ Do not wipe out with any solvents or alcohols. 9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
  • Page 289 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 21. Periodical maintenance procedure ZU-609 21.  Periodical maintenance procedure ZU-609 21.1  Roller section 21.1.1  Cleaning of the Z fold roller (ZU-609) (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle • Z fold roller: Every 300,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1. Remove the Z folding unit.
  • Page 290 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 22. Periodical maintenance procedure JS-602 22.  Periodical maintenance procedure JS-602 NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 22.1  Paper exit section 22.1.1  Cleaning conveyance roller/paper exit roller (JS-602) (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle •...
  • Page 291 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 23. Periodical maintenance procedure PI-507 23.  Periodical maintenance procedure PI-507 23.1  Paper feed section 23.1.1  Replacing the pick-up roller/Lw / feed roller/Lw (PI-507) (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Pick-up roller/Lw: Every 200,000 counts • Feed roller/Lw: Every 100,000 counts (2)  Procedure...
  • Page 292 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 23. Periodical maintenance procedure PI-507 6. Remove the C-clip [1]. 7. Slide the two roller shafts [2] toward the direction of the arrow and remove the pick-up roller/Lw [3] and the feed roller/Lw [4].
  • Page 293 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 23. Periodical maintenance procedure PI-507 5. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the separation roller/Lw [2] and the torque limiter/Lw [3]. NOTE ▪ Install the separation roller/Lw so the two cut outs [4] will be facing forward and aligned to the protrusion [5].
  • Page 294 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 24. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-536/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-536SD 24.  Periodical maintenance procedure FS-536/FS-536SD NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 24.1  Paper exit section 24.1.1  Cleaning procedure for each rollers/each rolls (FS-536/FS-536SD) (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 295 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 24. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-536/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-536SD 24.1.3  Replacing the paddle (FS-536/FS-536SD) (1)  Periodically replacing parts/cycle • Paddle: Every 2,000,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2. Remove the front door of the finisher.
  • Page 296 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 24. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-536/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-536SD 9. Remove the paddle assy. (Front) [1], the paddle assy. (Center) [2] and the paddle assy. (Rear) [3]. 10. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the paddles, be careful not to attach them at an incorrect location or in an incorrect orientation.
  • Page 297 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 24. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-536/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-536SD 4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the conveyance assy [2]. 5. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the paddle [1]. 24.1.5  Cleaning the lower paddle (FS-536SD) (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle...
  • Page 298 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 24. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-536/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-536SD 7. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the belt, align the portions of the gear [1] and the gear [2] indicated in the illustration with the triangular marking on the metal plate. Then, install the belt.
  • Page 299 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 24. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-536/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-536SD 24.2  Sensor section 24.2.1  FNS entrance sensor (PS4) (FS-536SD/FS-536) (1)  Periodically cleaning parts/cycle • FNS entrance sensor: Every 300,000 counts (2)  Procedure 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2.
  • Page 300 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 24. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-536/ bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 FS-536SD 5. Rotate the douser [1] by 180 degrees. 6. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the screw [2] and the guide [3]. 7. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, clean the main tray exit sensor [1].
  • Page 301 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 1. Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items G  DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY 1.  Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items 1.1  Paint-locked screws NOTE ▪ To prevent loose screws, a screw lock in blue or green series color is applied to the screws. ▪ The screw lock is applied to the screws that may get loose due to the vibrations and loads created by the use of machine or due to the vibrations created during transportation.
  • Page 302 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 1. Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items 1.5  Warnings / Precautions during setup or transportation WARNING • Whenever mounting an option on the machine, be attentive to the motion of the other workers performing the task. Another worker may be injured by a pinch point between the machine and the option.
  • Page 303 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 2. Units from which removing is prohibited 2.  Units from which removing is prohibited 2.1  CCD board 2.1.1  Reason for prohibition • Since the accuracy of the CCD board is guaranteed as a unit, no accuracy is guaranteed if it is disassembled. Therefore, screws that lead to the disassembly of the CCD board must not be removed.
  • Page 304 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 3. Disassembly/assembly warning/caution items 3.  Disassembly/assembly warning/caution items 3.1  Removal/installing of PWBs CAUTION • When removing or installing a circuit board or other electrical component, refer to “Handling of PWBs” and follow the corresponding removal or installing procedures.
  • Page 305 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. Notes when transporting the machine 4.  Notes when transporting the machine NOTE ▪ When transporting a machine to reinstall it in another location, attach the following protective materials to the machine in order to prevent the machine from being damaged or spilling out by vibration during transportation.
  • Page 306 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5.  bizhub C368/C308/C258 5.1  Disassembly/reassembly parts list 5.1.1  Exterior parts Part name Ref. page Scanner rear cover G.5.2.1 Scanner rear cover Scanner right cover G.5.2.2 Scanner right cover Scanner front cover G.5.2.3 Scanner front cover Scanner left cover G.5.2.4 Scanner left cover...
  • Page 307 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 Part name Ref. page MFP board (MFPB) G.5.4.10 MFP board (MFPB) Tray 1 empty indicator board (PEIB/1), tray 2 empty indicator board G.5.4.12 Tray 1 empty indicator board (PEIB/1), tray 2 (PEIB/2)
  • Page 308 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5.2  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (Exterior parts) 5.2.1  Scanner rear cover 1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the scanner rear cover [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.2  Scanner right cover 1. Remove three screws [1], and remove the scanner right cover [2].
  • Page 309 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5.2.4  Scanner left cover 1. Remove four screws [1], and remove the scanner left cover [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.5  Scanner upper rear cover 1. Remove the scanner rear cover.
  • Page 310 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the control panel right cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.9  Control panel upper cover 1. Remove the control panel left cover/1.
  • Page 311 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 4. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 5. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the control panel front cover assy [3]. 6. Remove three screws [1], and remove the control panel front cover [2].
  • Page 312 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 8. Remove two cable ties [1] from the control panel. 9. Remove the cable from the cable guide [2]. NOTE ▪ At installation of the control panel unit, insert the cable tie [1] to the hole [3] shown in the illustration.
  • Page 313 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 14. Tilt down the hinge [1], and remove two screws [2]. 15. Remove the screw [3], and remove the hinge [1]. 16. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 17. Carry out the touch panel calibration.
  • Page 314 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5.2.13  Front door 1. Open the front door and remove two screws [1] 2. Remove the C-clip [1], and remove the front door [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.14  Front lower cover 1.
  • Page 315 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 2. Remove three screws [1], and remove the left cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.17  Exit tray 1. Open the front door. 2. Remove the left cover. G.5.2.16 Left cover 3.
  • Page 316 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the right rear cover [2] as clearing the harness. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.19  Upper right cover 1. Remove the scanner right cover.
  • Page 317 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 2. Remove 11 screws [1], and remove the lower rear cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.21  Protective sheet 1. Remove the lower rear cover. G.5.2.20 Lower rear cover 2.
  • Page 318 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 2. Unlock the stopper [1]. 3. Hold up the tray 1 [1] to remove it. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.2.24  Tray 2 1. Slide out the tray 2, and remove the paper.
  • Page 319 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 G.5.2.2 Scanner right cover 9. Remove the original glass. G.5.2.12 Original glass 10. Move the LED exposure unit assy to screw access point [1]. 11. Peel off seal [1]. 12. Remove two screws [2] of the LED exposure unit assy [1].
  • Page 320 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 2. Open the right door and the regist unit. 3. Remove two screws [1] and the tab [2], and remove the connector cover [3]. 4. Disconnect five connectors [1]. 5. Remove five screws [1], and remove the paper feed unit [2].
  • Page 321 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 (1)  Removal procedure 1. Remove the waste toner box. F.7.6.1 Replacing the waste toner box 2. Remove the front lower cover. G.5.2.14 Front lower cover 3. Remove the left cover. G.5.2.16 Left cover 4.
  • Page 322 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 12. Remove two screws [1], and remove the set pin [2] for the PH unit. 13. Remove the PH unit [1]. 14. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 15. Carry out the [Print Head Skew Reset] after selecting [Service Mode] ->...
  • Page 323 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 12. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.3.5  Right door unit 1. Remove the rear right cover. G.5.2.18 Rear right cover 2. Open the right door. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the connector cover/1 [2].
  • Page 324 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 9. Draw the gauge line to the hinge mounting part [1] along the cutout of the hinge on the frame of the main body. 10. Remove three screws [1], and remove the hinge (upper section) [2].
  • Page 325 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 4. Remove three screws [1], and remove the shaft holder/2 [2]. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the right door lever assy [2]. 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the connector cover [2].
  • Page 326 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 9. Remove 10 screws [2] of the manual bypass tray unit [1]. 10. Remove the manual bypass tray unit [1]. 11. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.3.7  Regist unit 1. Remove the rear right cover.
  • Page 327 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the hinge [2]. 6. Hold up the regist unit [1] to remove it. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.3.8  Hard disk (A) 1. Remove the lower rear cover.
  • Page 328 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 8. Remove four screws [1]. 9. Remove the plate spring [2], and remove the plate [3]. 10. Remove four metal plates [2] and two connectors [3] from the hard disk [1]. 11. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 329 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 6. Remove three screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 7. Remove four screws [1]. 8. Remove the plate spring [2], and remove the plate [3]. 9. Remove four metal plates [2] and two connectors [3] from the hard disk [1].
  • Page 330 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5. Remove six screws [1] from the PWB box side panel. 6. Remove three screws [1] from the PWB box front panel. NOTE ▪ Note that only the size of the screw “A” is different.
  • Page 331 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 13. Disconnect the connector [1]. 14. Remove four screws [1], and remove the metal plate [2]. 15. Remove the harness from the three wire saddles [1]. 16. Disconnect the connector [2]. 17. Remove the harness from six wire saddles [1] and four edge covers [2].
  • Page 332 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 20. Remove two solderless terminals [1]. 21. Remove two screws [1], and remove the harness guide [2]. 22. Remove two screws [1], and remove the bracket [2]. 23. Remove the harness from harness guide [1].
  • Page 333 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 26. Remove nine screws [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 27. Remove the main drive unit [3]. 28. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.3.12  Transport unit 1. Remove the waste toner box.
  • Page 334 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 F.7.9.1 Replacing the fusing unit 2. Remove the rear right cover. G.5.2.18 Rear right cover 3. Remove the lower rear cover. G.5.2.20 Lower rear cover 4. Remove the scanner rear cover. G.5.2.1 Scanner rear cover 5.
  • Page 335 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 17. Remove four screws [1], and remove the metal plate [2]. 18. Remove the harness from six wire saddles [1] and four edge covers [2]. 19. Remove four screws [1]. 20. Remove the reinforcing plate [2] as clearing the harness.
  • Page 336 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 24. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 25. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 26. Remove the E-ring [1] each, and remove two gears [2]. 27. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the flange [2].
  • Page 337 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 G.5.5.2 PC motor (M2) 12. Remove the developing motor. G.5.5.14 Developing motor (M21) 13. Remove the screw [1]. 14. Remove the harness guide [2] as clearing the harness. 15. Disconnect the connector [1].
  • Page 338 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 20. Remove the screw [1]. 21. Remove the toner cartridge motor/Y,M,C. G.5.5.10 Toner cartridge motor/Y,M,C (M10) 22. Remove the toner supply motor/C. G.5.5.7 Toner supply motor/C (M7) 23. Remove the toner cartridge motor/K.
  • Page 339 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 30. Remove three screws [1], and remove the hopper drive unit [2]. 31. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.4  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (Boards) 5.4.1  CCD board (CCDB) (1)  Removal procedure 1. Remove the scanner right cover.
  • Page 340 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 1. Check the mark [1] on lens of the CCD board. NOTE ▪ The mark is be “-”, “0”, or “+”. 2. Install the CCD board [1] to the main body. 3. Set the scale [2] of the CCD board to the same position as the mark checked on step 1, and secure it with two retainer plates [3] and the screw [4] at two points.
  • Page 341 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 6. Remove screw [1] and spring [2]. 7. Remove the connector [1], and remove the tray 1 CD paper size board assy [2]. 8. Remove the screw [1], and remove the tray 1 CD paper size board [2].
  • Page 342 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 6. Remove the harness from three wire saddles [1]. 7. Remove the cable from two wire saddles [1]. 8. Disconnect all connectors on the DC power supply. 9. Remove four screws [1], and remove the DC power supply [2].
  • Page 343 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 NOTE ▪ Mark the EEPROMs to distinguish old from new, and mark EEPROM/1 and EEPROM/2 to distinguish from each other. Marks should be helpful to making easy distinction regardless of the style of them.
  • Page 344 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 Finisher FS-FN Adjustment I.5.29 Finisher Machine Printer Area Paper Feed Direction Adj. I.5.4.5 (5) Paper Feed Direction Adj. Fusing Transport Speed I.5.4.3 Fusing Transport Speed Printer Area Printer Image Centering Side 1 I.5.4.5 (2) Printer Image...
  • Page 345 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove the screw [2] and three tabs [3], and remove the tray 1 FD paper size board assy [4]. 5. Remove three tabs [1], and remove the Tray 1 FD paper size board [2].
  • Page 346 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 3. Disconnect all connectors and solderless terminals on the high voltage unit. 4. Remove four screws [1] of the high voltage unit. NOTE ▪ When installing the high voltage unit, tighten the screws in the order shown in the illustration.
  • Page 347 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 4. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 5. Disconnect connector [2], and remove the control panel front cover assy [3]. 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the machine condition monitor board [2].
  • Page 348 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 11. Remove all connectors and flat cables on the MFP board. 12. Remove six screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 13. Remove the screw [1] and two bolts [2] of the MFP board side panel.
  • Page 349 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 17. After replacing the board, enter the machine type information. G.5.4.11 Entering the machine type information 18. Turn OFF the main power switch. 19. Wait 10 seconds, turn ON the main power switch.
  • Page 350 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5. Touch [OK], and turn OFF the main power switch. Table : Machine type information First four digits of A7PU A7PY A7R0 the serial number [Machine] [Type] 5.4.12  Tray 1 empty indicator board (PEIB/1), tray 2 empty indicator board (PEIB/2) 1.
  • Page 351 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 4. Disconnect all flat cables on the PH relay board. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the PH relay board [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.4.14  Scanner drive board (SCDB) 1.
  • Page 352 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 3. Remove four screws [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the transport motor [3]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. NOTE ▪ When installing the motor, use care not to mistake in the kind of the mounting screws (M3x6mm).
  • Page 353 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 6. Remove four screws [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the fusing motor [3]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. NOTE ▪ When installing the motor, use care not to mistake in the kind of the mounting screws (M3x6mm).
  • Page 354 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 9. Remove two screws [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the switchback motor [3]. (2)  Reinstall procedure 1. Remove the scanner right cover. G.5.2.2 Scanner right cover 2. Remove the upper right cover.
  • Page 355 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the ADU transport assy [2]. 6. Remove five screws [1], and remove the guide [2]. 7. Remove three screws [1] to release the ADU transport motor assy [2].
  • Page 356 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5. Remove the drum unit/Y,M,C,K. F.7.1.1 Replacing the drum unit 6. Remove the developing unit/Y,M,C,K. F.7.2.1 Replacing the developing unit 7. Remove the left cover. G.5.2.16 Left cover 8. Remove the exit tray.
  • Page 357 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 G.5.2.22 Upper rear cover 4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 5. Remove the screw [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the toner supply motor/Y [3]. NOTE ▪ When removing the toner supply motor/Y [3], make sure to turn it in the direction shown in the illustration.
  • Page 358 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 G.5.2.20 Lower rear cover 2. How to open the PWB box G.5.3.10 How to open the PWB box 3. Remove the high voltage unit. G.5.4.8 High voltage unit (HV) 4. Slide out the tray 1.
  • Page 359 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 4. Remove the screw [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the toner cartridge motor/K [3]. NOTE ▪ When removing the toner cartridge motor/K [3], make sure to turn it in the direction shown in the illustration.
  • Page 360 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 1. Attach the spring [3] to the scanner motor assy [1]. [2] [3] 2. Temporarily secure the scanner motor assy [1] with three screws [2]. NOTE ▪ The screws [2] should be temporarily tightened to a degree that the position of the motor can be adjusted by the spring force.
  • Page 361 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the gear cover [2]. 4. Remove the gear [1]. 5. Remove the gear [1]. 6. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from two wire saddles [2].
  • Page 362 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 2. Remove the E-ring [1]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the gear cover [2]. 4. Remove the gear [1]. 5. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from two wire saddles [2].
  • Page 363 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 3. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from two wire saddles [2]. 4. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the tray 1 paper feed clutch [2].
  • Page 364 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 4. Remove the scanner rear cover. G.5.2.1 Scanner rear cover 5. Remove the upper rear cover. G.5.2.22 Upper rear cover 6. Open the PWB box. G.5.3.10 How to open the PWB box 7.
  • Page 365 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 12. Disconnect the connector [1]. 13. Remove four screws [1], and remove the metal plate [2]. 14. Remove the harness from the three wire saddles [1]. 15. Disconnect the connector [2]. 16. Remove the harness from six wire saddles [1] and four edge covers [2].
  • Page 366 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 19. Remove two solderless terminals [1]. 20. Remove two screws [1], and remove the harness guide [2]. 21. Remove the E-ring [1]. 22. Remove two screws [2], and remove the metal plate [3] and bushing [4].
  • Page 367 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 3. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from two wire saddles [2] and the edge cover [3]. 4. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the bypass paper feed clutch [2].
  • Page 368 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 G.5.2.17 Exit tray 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the DC power supply protective shield [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the power supply cooling fan assy [3].
  • Page 369 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 11. Remove the developing unit. F.7.2.1 Replacing the developing unit 12. Remove the sub hopper unit. G.5.3.4 Sub hopper unit 13. Remove the screw [1], and remove the harness guide [2]. 14. Remove the rail [1].
  • Page 370 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 3. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the rear side cooling fan [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 371 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the paper cooling fan assy [2]. 6. Remove the paper cooling fan [1]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5.8  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (etc.) 5.8.1  Bypass pick-up solenoid (SD1) 1.
  • Page 372 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 6. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 7. Remove the screw [1], and remove the metal plate [2] as clearing the harness. 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the solenoid cover [2] and the earth plate [3].
  • Page 373 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5. Remove the front cover. G.5.2.15 Front cover 6. Remove the transport unit. G.5.3.12 Transport unit 7. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 8. Remove the screw [1], and remove the IDC sensor shutter solenoid [2].
  • Page 374 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 10. Remove four screws [2] of the gate switch unit [1]. 11. Disconnect the connector [1]. 12. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [2] and the edge cover [3]. 13. Remove the gate switch unit [2] as clearing two belts [1].
  • Page 375 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 4. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the edge cover [2] and the wire saddle [3]. 5. Remove the screw [4], and remove the developing solenoid [5]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 376 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 10. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 11. Remove two screws [2], and remove the metal plate [3]. NOTE ▪ When installing the control panel, install the metal panel shaft [4] into the hole [5] in the figure.
  • Page 377 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 5.8.6  Bypass CD paper size VR (VR1) 1. Remove the manual bypass tray unit. G.5.3.6 Manual bypass tray unit 2. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the actuator [2]. 3. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [1] and the edge cover [2].
  • Page 378 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the solenoid cover [2] and the earth plate [3]. 9. Remove three screws [1]. 10. Remove the screw [1], and remove the hinge [2]. 11. Remove two screws [1].
  • Page 379 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 13. Remove eight screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 14. Disconnect the connector [1]. 15. Remove the tab [1], and remove the gear [2]. 16. Remove two screws [1], and remove the bypass CD paper size VR [2].
  • Page 380 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 2. Remove two tabs [1], and remove the filter cover [2]. 3. Remove the UFP filter [1]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. (2)  Deodorant filter NOTE ▪ The deodorant filter is standard equipment only on models destined for China.
  • Page 381 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 1. Remove four tabs [1], and remove the ventilation cover [2]. 2. Remove two tabs [1], and remove the filter cover [2]. 3. Install the UFP filter [1]. 4. Install the deodorant filter [1].
  • Page 382 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. bizhub C368/C308/C258 6. Install the filter cover [1]. NOTE ▪ Install the filter cover [1] while hooking the slots where the seals have been peeled off onto the protrusions [2] on the main body.
  • Page 383 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.  bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.1  Disassembly/reassembly parts list 6.1.1  Exterior parts Part name Ref. page Scanner rear cover G.6.2.1 Scanner rear cover Scanner right cover G.6.2.2 Scanner right cover Scanner front cover G.6.2.3 Scanner front cover Scanner left cover G.6.2.4 Scanner left cover...
  • Page 384 G.6.4.12 Expansion control board (EXCB) Dual scan image processing board (DSIPB) G.6.4.13 Dual scan image processing board (DSIPB) IH magnetic erasing board (IHMEB) (bizhub C658/C558) G.6.4.14 IH magnetic erasing board (IHMEB) (bizhub C658/C558) IH power supply unit (IHPU) (bizhub C658/C558) G.6.4.15 IH power supply unit (IHPU)
  • Page 385 Rear side cooling fan (FM3) G.6.7.3 Rear side cooling fan (FM3) Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) (bizhub C658/C558) G.6.7.4 Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) (bizhub C658/ C558) Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) (bizhub C458) G.6.7.5 Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) (bizhub C458) IH coil cooling fan (FM7) G.6.7.6 IH coil cooling fan (FM7)
  • Page 386 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.2.2  Scanner right cover 1. Remove three screws [1], and remove the scanner right cover [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.2.3  Scanner front cover 1. Remove the scanner left cover.
  • Page 387 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the scanner upper rear cover [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.2.6  Control panel left cover 1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the control panel left cover [2].
  • Page 388 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3. Remove the screw [1]. 4. Remove four screws [1], and release two tabs [2]. 5. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1]. 6. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the control panel front cover assy [3].
  • Page 389 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 5. Release the tab [1], and remove the control panel connector cover [2]. 6. Disconnect the connector [1]. 7. Remove the tie band [1] from the control panel. 8. Remove the cable from the cable guide [2].
  • Page 390 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 11. Unhook the claw [1], and remove the hinge cover [2]. 12. Tilt down the hinge [1], and remove two screws [2]. 13. Remove the screw [3], and remove the hinge [1].
  • Page 391 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3. Remove the original glass [1]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 5. Perform the adjustment from [Service Mode] -> [Machine] -> [Scan Area] -> [Scanner Image Side Edge]. 6. Perform the adjustment from [Service Mode] -> [Machine] -> [Scan Area] ->...
  • Page 392 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 2. Remove three screws [1], and remove the front lower cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.2.15  Front cover 1. Remove the upper front door. G.6.2.12 Upper front door 2.
  • Page 393 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.2.18  Output rear cover 1. Remove the left cover. G.6.2.16 Left cover 2. Remove the exit cover. G.6.2.17 Exit cover 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2].
  • Page 394 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 4. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the right rear cover [2] as clearing the harness. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.2.20  Upper right cover 1. Remove the scanner right cover.
  • Page 395 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 5. Remove five screws [1], and remove the lower rear cover [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.2.22  DF cable cover 1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the DF cable cover [2].
  • Page 396 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.2.25  Upper rear cover 1. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2. Remove the toner filter. F.8.1.1 Replacing the toner filter 3. Remove the lower rear cover.
  • Page 397 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.2.27  Tray 1 1. Slide out the tray 1 and unload paper from it. 2. Unlock the stopper [1]. 3. Hold up the tray 1 [1] to remove it.
  • Page 398 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3. Remove four screws [1] from the LED exposure unit [2]. 4. Disconnect the flat cable [1], and remove the LED exposure unit [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 399 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.3.3  PH unit CAUTION • Do not supply power with the write unit (PH unit) shifted from the specified mounting position. The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
  • Page 400 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 12. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 13. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the metal plate [2]. 14. Remove two screws [1], and remove the set pin [2] for the PH unit. 15. Remove the PH unit [1].
  • Page 401 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 10. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 11. Disconnect two connectors [3]. 12. Remove five screws [1], and remove the sub hopper unit [2]. 13. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 402 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Disconnect four connectors [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 9. Remove the screw [1], and remove the ground terminal [2]. 10. Close the right door. 11. Draw the gauge line to the hinge mounting part [1] along the cutout of the hinge on the frame of the main body.
  • Page 403 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the shaft holder/1 [2]. 4. Remove 10 screws [1], and remove the vertical transport roll assy [2]. 5. Remove three screws [1], and remove the shaft holder/2 [2].
  • Page 404 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Disconnect four connectors [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 9. Remove the screw [1], and remove the ground terminal [2]. 10. Remove 10 screws [2] of the manual bypass tray unit [1].
  • Page 405 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 2. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 3. Draw the gauge line to the hinge mounting part [1] along the cutout of the hinge on the frame of the main body.
  • Page 406 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 4. Remove five screws [1], and remove the aluminum sheet [2]. 5. Remove the protective shield. G.6.2.26 Protective shield 6. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1]. 7. Disconnect two connectors [2].
  • Page 407 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 12. Remove four metal plates [2] and two connectors [3] from the hard disk [1]. 13. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 14. Logically format the system from [Service Mode] -> [State Confirmation] -> [Memory/Storage Adjustment] -> [Format].
  • Page 408 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 9. Remove the cable from three wire saddles [1]. 10. Disconnect two connectors [2]. 11. Remove the screw [3], and open the PWB box /1 [4]. [2] [1] 6.3.10  PWB box/2 (bizhub C658/C558) 1.
  • Page 409 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 13. Disconnect the connector [1]. 14. Remove four solderless terminals [2]. 15. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [3]. 16. Remove the harness from the harness guide [4] and edge cover [5].
  • Page 410 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 20. Remove the cable from five wire saddles [1]. 21. Remove four screws [2], and remove the plate [3]. 22. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [1]. 23. Disconnect the connector [2].
  • Page 411 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 29. Remove the screw [1]. 30. Remove the harness from three harness guides [1]. 31. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [2]. 32. Remove four screws [3], and remove the harness from the harness guide.
  • Page 412 1 paper feed unit. 15. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.3.13  IH coil (IHC) (bizhub C658/C558) 1. Remove the fusing unit. F.8.10.1 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C658/C558) 2. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 3.
  • Page 413 6.3.14  Fusing drive unit (bizhub C658/C558) 1. Remove the rear right cover. G.6.2.19 Rear right cover 2. Remove the fusing unit. F.8.10.1 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C658/C558) 3. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 4.
  • Page 414 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 11. Remove the protective shield. G.6.2.26 Protective shield 12. Open the PWB box/1. G.6.3.9 How to open the PWB box/1 13. Remove the left cover. G.6.2.16 Left cover 14. Remove the exit cover.
  • Page 415 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 25. Remove the harness from five wire saddles [1] and three edge covers [2]. 26. Remove four screws [1]. 27. Remove the reinforcing plate [2] as clearing the harness. 28. Remove the screw [1], and remove two tabs [2].
  • Page 416 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 31. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 32. Remove the screw [2]. 33. Remove two E-rings [1], and remove two gears [2]. 34. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the flange [2]. 35. Remove the belt [3] from the gear.
  • Page 417 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 F.8.1.1 Replacing the toner filter 5. Remove the lower rear cover. G.6.2.21 Lower rear cover 6. Remove the scanner left cover. G.6.2.4 Scanner left cover 7. Remove the scanner rear cover. G.6.2.1 Scanner rear cover 8.
  • Page 418 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 20. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [1]. 21. Disconnect four connectors [2]. 22. Remove the harness from five wire saddles [1] and three edge covers [2]. 23. Remove four screws [1].
  • Page 419 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 27. Remove four screws [1], and remove the duct assy [2]. 28. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 29. Remove two E-rings [1], and remove two gears [2]. 30. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the flange [2].
  • Page 420 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 5. Remove the scanner left cover. G.6.2.4 Scanner left cover 6. Remove the scanner rear cover. G.6.2.1 Scanner rear cover 7. Remove the DF cable cover. G.6.2.22 DF cable cover 8. Remove the upper rear cover.
  • Page 421 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Remove the upper rear cover. G.6.2.25 Upper rear cover 9. Remove the paper cooling fan assy. G.6.7.7 Paper cooling fan (FM8) 10. Remove the toner cartridge cooling fan. G.6.7.5 Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) (bizhub C458) 11.
  • Page 422 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.3.19  Paper exit unit 1. Remove the fusing unit. F.8.10.1 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C658/C558) F.8.10.2 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C458) 2. Remove the control panel left cover. G.6.2.6 Control panel left cover 3.
  • Page 423 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 7. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 8. Disconnect the connector [3]. 9. Remove the screw [1]. 10. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [3] and the edge cover [4].
  • Page 424 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 4. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove two retainer plates [2]. 6. Remove the CCD board [3]. (2)  Reinstall procedure 1. Check the mark [1] on lens of the CCD board.
  • Page 425 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 G.6.2.4 Scanner left cover 3. Remove the scanner rear cover. G.6.2.1 Scanner rear cover 4. Remove the scanner upper rear cover. G.6.2.5 Scanner upper rear cover 5. Disconnect all connectors on the scanner drive board.
  • Page 426 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the front side board [2]. [2] [1] 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.4.5  DC power supply (DCPU) 1. Remove the left cover. G.6.2.16 Left cover 2.
  • Page 427 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Remove four screws [1], and remove the DC power supply [2]. 9. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.4.6  PH relay board (PHRYB) 1. Remove the left cover. G.6.2.16 Left cover 2.
  • Page 428 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.4.8  MFP board (MFPB) NOTE ▪ Never use the combination of the used MFP board removed from another machine and the original eMMC board or EEPROM. This combination causes corruption of stored data. Note that the combination of the original MFP board and the used eMMC board or EEPROM removed from another machine also causes the same problem.
  • Page 429 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 12. Remove the screw [1] and two bolts [2] of the MFP board side panel. 13. Remove 12 screws [1], and remove the MFP board [2]. 14. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 430 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 22. Wait until [Recover Data] [1] appears. (MFP will reboot maximum 2 times by itself, it may take 5 minutes.) 23. Touch [Recover Data] and [Yes]. 24. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait 10 seconds, then turn ON the main power switch, after “Turn the main switch OFF and ON.”...
  • Page 431 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.4.10  EEPROM/1, EEPROM/2 NOTE ▪ Never use the combination of the used EEPROM removed from another machine and the original MFP board. This combination causes corruption of stored data. Note that the combination of the original EEPROM and the used MFP board removed from another machine also causes the same problem.
  • Page 432 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 • Transfer roller • Feed roller, pick-up roller, separation roller (including options) NOTE ▪ When the new EEPROM is installed, the error message: "License management error occurred." is displayed. Conduct the i-Option recovery operation.
  • Page 433 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 G.6.3.9 How to open the PWB box/1 5. Disconnect all connectors and solderless terminals on the high voltage unit. 6. Remove four screws [1] of the high voltage unit. NOTE ▪ When installing the high voltage unit, tighten the screws in the order shown in the illustration.
  • Page 434 4. Remove the protective shield. G.6.2.26 Protective shield 5. Remove the DSC board/2 (for back side). G.8.27.4 DSC board/2 (for back side) (SC-508) (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 6. Disconnect the connector [1]. 7. Remove four screws [2], and remove the dual scan image processing board [3].
  • Page 435 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 10. Remove three board supports [1], and remove the IH magnetic erasing board [2]. 11. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.4.15  IH power supply unit (IHPU) 1. Remove the duct cover.
  • Page 436 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 2. Remove the toner filter. F.8.1.1 Replacing the toner filter 3. Remove the lower rear cover. G.6.2.21 Lower rear cover 4. Remove the scanner left cover. G.6.2.4 Scanner left cover 5. Remove the scanner rear cover.
  • Page 437 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 9. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 10. Remove four screws [2], and remove the fusing power supply [3]. [1] [2] 11. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.4.18  Tray 1 FD paper size board (FDPSB/1), tray 2 FD paper size board (FDPSB/2) NOTE ▪...
  • Page 438 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Remove screw [1] and spring [2]. 9. Remove the connector [1], and remove the tray 1 CD paper size board assy [2]. 10. Remove the screw [1], and remove the tray 1 CD paper size board [2].
  • Page 439 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2. Remove the toner filter. F.8.1.1 Replacing the toner filter 3. Remove the lower rear cover. G.6.2.21 Lower rear cover 4. Remove the protective shield. G.6.2.26 Protective shield 5.
  • Page 440 8. Remove two screws [2], and remove the switchback motor [3]. 9. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.5.5  ADU transport motor1 (M5) 1. Remove the ADU transport unit. G.6.3.18 ADU transport unit 2. Remove the soaking roller pressure solenoid. G.6.8.5 Soaking roller pressure solenoid (SD5) (bizhub C658/C558) G-140...
  • Page 441 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the belt [2]. 4. Disconnect two connectors [1], and remove the harness from the edge cover [2] and the wire saddle [3]. 5. Remove the plate [4].
  • Page 442 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 11. Remove the screw [1]. Disconnect the connector [2] and then remove the toner supply motor/K [3]. 12. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.5.7  Toner supply motor/C (M7) (bizhub C658/C558) 1. Remove the duct cover.
  • Page 443 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 10. Remove the screw [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the toner supply motor/C [3]. NOTE ▪ When removing the toner supply motor/C [3], make sure to turn it in the direction shown in the illustration.
  • Page 444 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 10. Remove the screw [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the toner supply motor/M [3]. NOTE ▪ When removing the toner supply motor/M [3], make sure to turn it in the direction shown in the illustration.
  • Page 445 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2. Remove the toner filter. F.8.1.1 Replacing the toner filter 3. Remove the lower rear cover. G.6.2.21 Lower rear cover 4. Remove the scanner left cover.
  • Page 446 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 9. Remove the cable from five wire saddles [1]. 10. Remove four screws [2], and remove the plate [3]. 11. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the harness guide [2].
  • Page 447 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2. Remove the toner filter. F.8.1.1 Replacing the toner filter 3. Remove the lower rear cover. G.6.2.21 Lower rear cover 4. Remove the scanner left cover.
  • Page 448 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Remove three screws [1]. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the tray 2 lift-up motor [3]. 9. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.5.18  Developing motor (M21) 1. Remove the duct cover.
  • Page 449 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Release the tab [1] and remove the cable guide [2]. 9. Disconnect the connector [1]. [2][1] [3] 10. Remove six screws [2], and remove the paper feed motor [3]. 11. Remove five screws [1], and remove the cover [2].
  • Page 450 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 7. Disconnect the connector [1]. 8. Remove three screws [2], and remove the plate [3]. 9. Remove three screws [1], and remove the tray 2 vertical transport motor assy [2]. 10. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray 2 vertical transport motor [2].
  • Page 451 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the registration motor [2]. 9. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.5.22  Toner cartridge motor/C,K (M25) (bizhub C658/C558) 1. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy...
  • Page 452 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 10. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from two harness guides [2]. 11. Remove the screw [3], and remove the toner cartridge motor/CK [4]. NOTE ▪ When removing the toner cartridge motor/CK [4], make sure to turn it in the direction as illustrated in the figure.
  • Page 453 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 9. Remove two screws [1], and remove the harness guide [2]. 10. Remove two screws [1], and remove the ADU transport motor 2 assy [2]. 11. Disconnect the connector [1]. 12. Remove two screws [2], and remove the ADU transport motor 2 [3].
  • Page 454 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 7. Remove the spring [1] and the belt [2], and remove the scanner motor assy [3]. 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the scanner motor [2]. (2)  Reinstall procedure 1. Attach the spring [3] to the scanner motor assy [1].
  • Page 455 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.6  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (Clutches) 6.6.1  Tray 2 paper feed clutch (CL1) 1. Remove the paper feed unit. G.6.3.2 Paper feed unit 2. Remove the E-ring [1]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the gear cover [2].
  • Page 456 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Remove the E-ring [2]. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the registration clutch [3]. NOTE ▪ When mounting the registration clutch, set the convex part of the stopper into the concave part of the registration clutch [3].
  • Page 457 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.6.6  Paper exit deceleration clutch (CL9) 1. Remove the fusing unit. F.8.10.1 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C658/C558) F.8.10.2 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C458) 2. Remove the control panel left cover. G.6.2.6 Control panel left cover 3.
  • Page 458 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 11. NOTE ▪ When installing the gear, align the raised area of the spring [1] with the hole in the frame [2]. 12. Remove two screws [1], and remove the switchback motor assy [2].
  • Page 459 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the power supply cooling fan assy [3]. 6. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the harness guide.
  • Page 460 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 14. Remove the screw [1], and remove the harness guide [2]. 15. Remove the rail [1]. 16. Remove the screw [1], and remove the waste toner pipe [2]. 17. Remove the connector [1], and release three tabs [2].
  • Page 461 [2]. 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the rear side cooling fan [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.7.4  Toner cartridge cooling fan (FM4) (bizhub C658/C558) 1. Remove the toner cartridge/K. F.8.4.1 Replacing the toner cartridge 2. Remove the left cover.
  • Page 462 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6. Remove the harness from three wire saddles [1]. 7. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the toner cartridge cooling fan assy [3]. 8. Remove three tabs [1], and remove the cover [2].
  • Page 463 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 11. Remove the harness from the harness guide [1]. 12. Remove the filter [2], and remove the toner cartridge cooling fan [2]. 13. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.7.6  IH coil cooling fan (FM7) 1.
  • Page 464 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6.7.7  Paper cooling fan (FM8) 1. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2. Remove the toner filter. F.8.1.1 Replacing the toner filter 3. Remove the lower rear cover.
  • Page 465 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 12. Peel off the tape [1]. 13. Remove two screws [2], and remove the paper cooling fan [3]. 14. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.7.8  Toner suction fan (FM11) 1. Remove the duct cover.
  • Page 466 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 11. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 12. Remove the screw [3], and remove the board box [4]. 13. Remove four screws [1], and remove the toner suction fan assy [2].
  • Page 467 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 11. Remove three screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 12. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from two wire saddles [2]. 13. Remove two screws [3], and remove the fusing power supply cooling fan [4].
  • Page 468 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the duct [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2] and harness guide [3]. 5. Remove two screws [4], and remove the UFP exhaust fan 2 [5].
  • Page 469 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.8.3  Gate switch solenoid (SD3) 1. Remove the fusing unit. F.8.10.1 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C658/C558) F.8.10.2 Replacing the fusing unit (bizhub C458) 2. Remove the control panel left cover. G.6.2.6 Control panel left cover 3.
  • Page 470 8. Remove the harness from the harness guide [4]. 9. Remove the screw [5], and remove the developing solenoid [6]. 10. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 6.8.5  Soaking roller pressure solenoid (SD5) (bizhub C658/C558) 1. Remove the ADU transport unit. G.6.3.18 ADU transport unit 2.
  • Page 471 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 3. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the soaking roller pressure solenoid assy [2]. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the soaking roller pressure solenoid [2].
  • Page 472 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 8. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 9. Remove two screws [1], and remove the FAX speaker [2]. 10. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 473 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. bizhub C658/C558/C458 6. Remove the gear [1]. 7. Remove two screws [1]. 8. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the bypass CD paper size VR [3]. 9. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 474 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 7.  Dual scan document feeder 7.1  Disassembly/reassembly parts list 7.1.1  Exterior parts Part name Ref. page Front cover G.7.2.1 Front cover (dual scan document feeder) Rear cover G.7.2.2 Rear cover (dual scan document feeder) How to open the document feed tray G.7.2.3 How to open the document feed tray (dual scan...
  • Page 475 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 2. Remove two screws [1] and remove the front cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 7.2.2  Rear cover (dual scan document feeder) (1)  Removal 1. Open the dual scan document feeder.
  • Page 476 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder Document feed tray Document feed tray lock lever (1)  Document feed tray with a movable lock lever 1. Open the left cover [1]. 2. While pushing down the document feed tray lock lever [1], raise the document feed tray.
  • Page 477 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 4. Open the document feed tray. NOTE ▪ During the procedure, hold and support the document feed tray so that it is not closed. 7.2.4  Stamp unit cover (dual scan document feeder) NOTE ▪...
  • Page 478 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 5. Remove three screws [1]. 6. Disconnect the connector [1], remove the screw [2], and disconnect the ground wire [3]. 7. Remove the lower guide assy [1]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 479 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the metal plate [2]. 6. Remove the harness from the two wire saddles [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 7. Disconnect three connectors [1].
  • Page 480 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 11. Remove the dual scan document feeder [1]. 12. NOTE ▪ When carrying the dual scan document feeder, be sure to hold onto the specified positions. The feeder main body can be distorted if held at inappropriate positions.
  • Page 481 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 3. Remove two C-clips [1] shift the bushing [2], and remove the belt [3]. 4. Remove the front side glass cleaning roller unit [2] while opening the pre-read sheet assy [1].
  • Page 482 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 3. While peeling off the mat, remove the screw [1], and while opening the opening and closing guide, remove the cover [2]. 4. Remove the screw [1] and the C-clip [2], and remove the bushing [3].
  • Page 483 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 2. Remove the screw [1], and disconnect two connectors [1]. 3. Remove two screws (front side) [1]. 4. Remove the screw (rear side) [1]. 5. Remove the CIS module [1] as shown in the illustration.
  • Page 484 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 7.2.10  DF control board (DFCB) (dual scan document feeder) 1. Remove the rear cover. G.7.2.2 Rear cover (dual scan document feeder) 2. Remove all connectors from the board. 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the DF control board [2].
  • Page 485 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 7. NOTE ▪ For mounting the restriction plate positional volume, mount it in the direction shown on the illustration. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. NOTE ▪ Be sure to perform the following operation when the restriction plate positional volume is replaced.
  • Page 486 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 2. Remove two screws [1], and disconnect the ground wire [2]. 3. Disconnect the connector [3] and remove the multi feed detection board/1 [4]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 487 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 5. NOTE ▪ Install the board so that the sensor [1] fits into the depression [2]. 6. NOTE • Be sure to perform the following steps after the multi feed detection board/2 (receiver) has been replaced with a new one.
  • Page 488 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 8. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the take-up motor [2]. 9. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 7.2.17  Registration motor (M2) (dual scan document feeder) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 489 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 4. Remove two screws [1] and remove the reading motor [2]. (2)  Reinstall procedure 1. Loosen the screw [1] and move the tension plate [2] in the direction of the arrow to reduce the belt tension.
  • Page 490 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder G.7.2.2 Rear cover (dual scan document feeder) 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove the harness [3] from three wire saddles [2] and the harness guide. 4. Remove four screws [1] and remove the reading roller pressure/retraction motor assy [2].
  • Page 491 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 7.2.22  Front side cleaning motor (M8) (dual scan document feeder) 1. Remove the front cover. G.7.2.1 Front cover (dual scan document feeder) 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove two screws [2] and remove the front side cleaning motor [3].
  • Page 492 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 2. Grip both sides [1] of the holder and remove the separation roller assy [2]. 3. While opening up the holder [1], remove the shaft. NOTE ▪ Opening the holder too much can break the holder.
  • Page 493 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 7. Dual scan document feeder 8. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the stamp unit, make sure that the harness [1] does not interfere with the roller. 7.2.27  Stamp (SP-501) 1. Remove the front cover. G.7.2.1 Front cover (dual scan document feeder) 2.
  • Page 494 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.  Option 8.1  Disassembly/reassembly parts list (bizhub C368/C308/C258) 8.1.1  DF-629 Section Part name Ref. page Exterior parts Front cover G.8.3.1 Front cover (DF-629) Rear cover G.8.3.2 Rear cover (DF-629) Left cover unit G.8.3.3 Left cover unit (DF-629)
  • Page 495 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option Section Part name Ref. page Tray 3 paper empty indicator board (PEIB/3) G.8.5.9 Tray 3 paper empty indicator board (PEIB/3), tray 4 paper empty indicator board (PEIB/4) (PC-110/ Tray 4 paper empty indicator board (PEIB/4)
  • Page 496 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option Section Part name Ref. page Alignment roller motor (M103) G.8.12.11 Alignment roller motor (M103) (FS-533) Exit roller lift up motor (M104) G.8.12.12 Exit roller lift up motor (M104) (FS-533) Alignment motor/F (M105) G.8.12.13 Alignment motor/F (M105), Alignment motor/...
  • Page 497 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option Section Part name Ref. page Paper receiving control motor (M12) G.8.14.22 Paper receiving control motor (M12) (FS-534/ FS-534SD) Side stapler movement motor (M13) G.8.14.23 Side stapler movement motor (M13) (FS-534/ FS-534SD) 8.1.10  SD-511 Section Part name Ref.
  • Page 498 G.8.36.1 Keypad (KP-101) 8.1.22  VI-508 Section Part name Ref. page Units Video Interface Kit G.8.37.1 Video Interface Kit (VI-508) 8.2  Disassembly/reassembly parts list (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 8.2.1  PC-115/PC-215 Section Part name Ref. page Exterior parts Right door G.8.6.1 Right door (PC-115/PC-215) Rear right cover G.8.6.2 Rear right cover (PC-115/PC-215)
  • Page 499 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.2.2  PC-415 Section Part name Ref. page Exterior parts Right door G.8.8.1 Right door (PC-415) Rear right cover G.8.8.2 Rear right cover (PC-415) Rear cover G.8.8.3 Rear cover (PC-415) Paper feed tray G.8.8.4 Paper feed tray (PC-415)
  • Page 500 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option Section Part name Ref. page Units Finisher G.8.12.4 Finisher (FS-533) Stapler unit G.8.12.5 Stapler unit (FS-533) Paper exit tray unit G.8.12.6 Paper exit tray unit (FS-533) Boards FS control board (FSCB) G.8.12.7 FS control board (FSCB) (FS-533) Stapler relay board (STREYB) G.8.12.8 Stapler relay board (STREYB) (FS-533)
  • Page 501 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.2.9  FS-536SD saddle section Section Part name Ref. page Exterior parts Front cover G.8.17.1 Front cover (FS-536SD saddle section) Units Saddle unit G.8.17.2 Saddle unit (FS-536SD) Exit tray G.8.17.3 Exit tray (FS-536SD saddle section) Staple unit G.8.17.4 Staple unit (FS-536SD saddle section)
  • Page 502 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option Section Part name Ref. page FNS paddle motor (M9) Receiving roller retraction motor (M10) G.8.19.21 Receiving roller retraction motor (M10) (FS-537/FS-537SD) Trail edge stopper motor/R (M11) G.8.19.22 Trail edge stopper motor/R (M11) (FS-537/...
  • Page 503 G.8.27.4 DSC board/2 (for back side) (SC-508) (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 8.2.20  UK-212 Section Part name Ref. page Units Upgrade kit G.8.29.2 Upgrade kit (UK-212) (bizhub C658/C558/ C458) 8.2.21  UK-215 Section Part name Ref. page Units Upgrade kit G.8.30.2 Upgrade kit (UK-215) (bizhub C658/C558/...
  • Page 504 G.8.32.2 FAX Kit (Line1), FAX Kit (Line2) (FK-514) (with MK-742) 8.2.24  HD-524 Section Part name Ref. page Units Hard disk (B) G.8.33.3 Hard disk (B) (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 8.2.25  CU-102 Section Part name Ref. page Units Clean unit G.8.35.1 Clean unit (CU-102) Boards Clean unit drive board G.8.35.2 Clean unit drive board (CUDB)
  • Page 505 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Open the left cover [1]. 4. Remove the rear cover [1]. NOTE ▪ For mounting the rear cover, mount it so that the protrusion [2] of the document feed tray will fit to the groove [3] on the rear cover.
  • Page 506 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove the left cover unit [2] as shown in the illustration while pressing the harness into the hole [1] shown in the illustration. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.3.4  Reverse automatic document feeder (DF-629) 1.
  • Page 507 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. NOTE ▪ When carrying the reverse automatic document feeder, be sure to hold onto the specified positions. The feeder main body can be distorted if held at inappropriate positions. ▪ After removing the reverse automatic document feeder from the machine, place it on the floor or the like as shown in the illustration.
  • Page 508 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove the C-clip [1], and shift the bushing [2], and remove the belt [3]. 6. Remove the glass cleaning roller unit [4]. [1] [2] 7. NOTE ▪ When installing the glass cleaning roller unit [2], make sure that the transparent sheets [1] are outside of the glass cleaning roller unit [2].
  • Page 509 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Disconnect all 15 connectors from the DF control board. 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the DF control board [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. NOTE ▪ Be sure to perform the following steps after the DF control board has been replaced with a new one.
  • Page 510 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option NOTE ▪ Be sure to perform the following operation when the document width size sensor is replaced. ▪ Execute [Service Mode] -> [ADF] -> [Original Tray Width]. I.5.21.6 Original Tray Width ▪ Turn OFF the main power switch and turn it ON again and check whether size detection operates normally.
  • Page 511 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the document feed motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.3.10  Registration motor (M3) (DF-629) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 512 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove two screws [2], and remove the glass cleaning motor [3]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.3.12  Reading roll release motor (M5) (DF-629) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 513 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove the DF cooling fan motor [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.3.14  Document exit roller release solenoid (SD1) (DF-629) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 514 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. NOTE ▪ Insert the core at the bottom [1] so that the parts shown as [2] on the illustration will be properly set before mounting the document exit roller release solenoid. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 515 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.3.16  Stamp (SP-501) 1. Open the left cover [1]. 2. Lift up the guide plate DF1 [1]. 3. Remove the screw [2], and remove the cover [3]. 4. Remove the used stamp, and install the new stamp of replacement [1].
  • Page 516 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove three screws [1]. 3. While peeling off the mat, remove the screw [2]. NOTE ▪ If the reverse automatic document feeder is set to be lifted up at angles up to 60 degrees due to the set position of the stopper for the hinge, change the set position to the lower side so that the reverse automatic document feeder can be opened completely.
  • Page 517 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the shaft [2]. 5. Remove the screw [1]. 6. Remove the left cover unit [3] as shown in the illustration while pressing the harness into the hole [2] shown in the illustration.
  • Page 518 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove 11 screws [1], and remove the lower rear cover [2] from the back of the main body. 5. Remove the cable from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2].
  • Page 519 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 10. NOTE ▪ When carrying the dual scan document feeder, be sure to hold onto the specified positions. The feeder main body can be distorted if held at inappropriate positions. ▪ After removing the dual scan document feeder from the machine, place it on the floor or the like as shown in the illustration.
  • Page 520 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove the C-clip [1], and shift the bushing [2], and remove the belt [3]. 6. Remove the front side glass cleaning roller unit [4]. [1] [2] 7. NOTE ▪ When installing the glass cleaning roller unit [2], make sure that the transparent sheets [1] are outside of the glass cleaning roller unit [2].
  • Page 521 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Open the opening and closing guide [1]. 3. While peeling off the mat, remove the screw [1], and while opening the opening and closing guide, remove the cover [2]. 4. Remove the screw [1] and E-ring [2], and remove the bushing [3].
  • Page 522 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option NOTE ▪ When installing the back side glass cleaning roller unit, the following adjustment is necessary. ▪ Align the D cut surface [2] of the shaft with the lines [1] marked on the bushing.
  • Page 523 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove the screw [1], and disconnect two connectors [2]. 7. Remove two screws (front side) [1]. 8. Remove two screws (rear side) [1]. 9. Remove the CIS module [1] as shown in the illustration.
  • Page 524 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option I.5.21.3 (2) (d) Main Scanning (Back) ▪ Execute [Service Mode] -> [ADF] -> [FD-Mag. Adj. (B)]. I.5.21.12 FD-Mag. Adj. (B) ▪ Execute [Service Mode] -> [ADF] -> [Main Scanning Direction Zoom]. I.5.21.13 Main Scanning Direction Zoom 8.4.8  DF control board (DFCB) (DF-704)
  • Page 525 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. NOTE ▪ For mounting the document width size sensor, mount it in the direction shown on the illustration. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. NOTE ▪ Be sure to perform the following operation when the document width size sensor is replaced.
  • Page 526 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the dual scan image processing board [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.4.12  Document reading motor (M1) (DF-704) (1)  Remove procedure 1.
  • Page 527 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 1. Loosen the screw [1] and move the tension plate [2] in the direction of the arrow to reduce the belt tension. 2. Tighten the screw [1]. 3. Install the document reading motor assy with four screws.
  • Page 528 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option G.8.4.2 Rear cover (DF-704) 2. Remove the reading roller release motor. G.8.4.15 Reading roller release motor (M4) (DF-704) 3. Remove the document reading motor. G.8.4.12 Document reading motor (M1) (DF-704) 4. Remove the spring [1], and remove three screws [2].
  • Page 529 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove two screws [1] and a claw [2], and move the harness guide [3] off the working area. 5. Remove the screw [1]. 6. Remove two screws [1]. 7. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the reading roller release motor assy [2].
  • Page 530 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove two screws [2], and remove the CIS cleaning motor [3]. NOTE ▪ When mounting it, make sure to set the belt [5] to the gear [4] on the pulley firmly.
  • Page 531 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove one screw [1]. Then, remove the wire saddle [2] from the CIS cable. 7. Remove the CIS cable. NOTE ▪ If the CIS cable is to be replaced with a new one, remove the two wire saddles [1] that are attached to the old CIS cable and attach them to the new cable.
  • Page 532 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the guide plate [2]. NOTE ▪ When mounting it, set the ground terminal through the hole [3] shown on the illustration. 6. Remove the screw [1] and remove the stamp unit [2].
  • Page 533 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the guide plate [2]. NOTE ▪ When mounting it, set the ground terminal through the hole [3] shown on the illustration. 6. Remove the used stamp, and install the new stamp of replacement [1].
  • Page 534 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.5.3  Rear cover (PC-110/PC-210) 1. Remove five screws [1], and remove the rear cover [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.5.4  Tray 3, tray 4 (PC-110/PC-210) NOTE ▪ The tray 3 and the tray 4 are of the same form and mechanism. This procedure shows the steps taken for the tray 3.
  • Page 535 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2]. 4. Slide the tray 2 and tray 3 back in. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove two fixing brackets [2].
  • Page 536 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 10. Hold the transportation handles at the right and left of the main body, and lift the main body [1] and then remove the paper feed cabinet [2]. NOTE ▪ When transporting or moving the main body, assign adequate number of persons.
  • Page 537 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Remove four screws [1], and remove the tray 4 paper feed unit [2]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.5.8  PC control board (PCCB) (PC-110/PC-210) 1. Remove the rear cover. G.8.5.3 Rear cover (PC-110/PC-210) 2.
  • Page 538 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. [2] [4] 4. Remove the screw [2] and three tabs [3], and remove the tray 3 FD paper size board assy [4]. 5. Remove the screw [1] and the tab [2], and remove the tray 3 FD paper size board [3].
  • Page 539 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Disconnect the connector [1] on the PC control board. 3. Remove the tray 3 and tray 4. G.8.5.4 Tray 3, tray 4 (PC-110/PC-210) 4. Remove three screws [1], and remove the tray 4 lift-up motor assy [2].
  • Page 540 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.5.14  Tray 3 vertical transport motor (M112), tray 4 vertical transport motor (M122) (PC-110/PC-210) NOTE ▪ The tray 3 vertical transport motor and the tray 4 vertical transport motor are of the same form and mechanism. This procedure shows the steps taken for the tray 3 vertical transport motor.
  • Page 541 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.6.2  Rear right cover (PC-115/PC-215) 1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the rear right cover [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.6.3  Rear cover (PC-115/PC-215) 1. Remove five screws [1], and remove the rear cover [2].
  • Page 542 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.6.5  Paper feed cabinet (PC-115/PC-215) CAUTION • When holding the transportation handles, be careful not to catch your fingers in the main body. 1. Slide out the tray 2 and tray 3. 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2].
  • Page 543 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the rear under cover [2]. 7. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 8. Pull out the transportation handles. 9. Hold the transportation handles at the right and left of the main body, and lift the main body [1] and then remove the paper feed cabinet [2].
  • Page 544 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.6.7  Tray 4 paper feed unit (PC-215) 1. Remove the right door. G.8.6.1 Right door (PC-115/PC-215) 2. Remove the rear right cover. G.8.6.2 Rear right cover (PC-115/PC-215) 3. Slide out the tray 4. 4. Remove three tabs [1], and remove the harness cover [2].
  • Page 545 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the right front cover [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove the screw [2], and remove the tray 3 paper empty indicator board [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 546 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Disconnect the connector [1] on the PC control board. 3. Remove the tray 3. G.8.6.4 Tray 3, tray 4 (PC-115/PC-215) 4. Remove the tray 4. G.8.6.4 Tray 3, tray 4 (PC-115/PC-215) 5. Remove three screws [1], and remove the tray 3 lift-up motor assy [2].
  • Page 547 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove three screws [1], and remove the tray 4 lift-up motor assy [2]. 5. Remove the screw [1], spring [2], and tray 4 CD paper size board assy [3]. 6. Disconnect the connector [1].
  • Page 548 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.6.14  Tray 3 vertical transport motor (M112), tray 4 vertical transport motor (M122) (PC-115/PC-215) NOTE ▪ The tray 3 vertical transport motor and the tray 4 vertical transport motor are of the same form and mechanism. This procedure shows the steps taken for the tray 3 vertical transport motor.
  • Page 549 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.7.2  Rear right cover (PC-410) 1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the rear right cover [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.7.3  Rear cover (PC-410) 1. Remove five screws [1], and remove the rear cover [2].
  • Page 550 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 1. Slide out the tray 2 and tray 3. 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2]. 4. Slide the tray 2 and tray 3 back in.
  • Page 551 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 10. Hold the transportation handles at the right and left of the main body, and lift the main body [1] and then remove the paper feed cabinet [2]. NOTE ▪ When transporting or moving the main body, assign adequate number of persons.
  • Page 552 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove four screws [1], and remove the right front cover [2]. 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove the screw [2], and remove the tray 3 paper empty indicator board [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 553 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove three screws [1], and remove the vertical transport motor [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.7.11  Elevator motor (M134) (PC-410) 1. Slide out the paper feed tray. 2. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 554 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove five screws [1], and remove the front cover assy [2]. 4. Remove the paper feed tray. G.8.7.4 Paper feed tray (PC-410) 5. Remove two C-rings [1]. 6. Remove two pulley covers [2].
  • Page 555 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 10. Remove the C-ring [1]. 11. Remove two pulley covers [2]. 12. Remove two pulleys [3]. 13. Remove three cable holding jigs (white) [1] and the cable holding jig (black) [2], and remove the main tray [3].
  • Page 556 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 17. Turn the tray back to the original status. 18. Remove two C-rings [1] and two wire pulleys [2]. 19. Remove the wire from the wire pulley [2]. NOTE ▪ Take care not to lose the pin.
  • Page 557 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Hold up the paper feed tray to remove it. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.8.5  Paper feed cabinet (PC-415) CAUTION • When holding the transportation handles, be careful not to catch your fingers in the main body.
  • Page 558 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove two fixing brackets [2]. 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the rear under cover [2]. 7. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 8. Pull out the transportation handles.
  • Page 559 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Remove three screws [1], and remove the paper feed unit [2]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.8.7  PC control board (PCCB) (PC-415) 1. Remove the rear cover. G.8.8.3 Rear cover (PC-415) 2.
  • Page 560 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove three screws [1]. 3. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the paper feed motor assy [3]. NOTE ▪ When mounting the paper feed motor assy, use care not to forget to set the belt to the gear.
  • Page 561 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove three screws [2], and remove the elevator motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.8.12  Shifter motor (M133) (PC-415) 1. Slide out the paper feed tray.
  • Page 562 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove the paper feed tray. G.8.8.4 Paper feed tray (PC-415) 5. Remove two C-rings [1]. 6. Remove two pulley covers [2]. 7. Remove two pulleys [3]. 8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the metal plate [2].
  • Page 563 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 13. Remove three cable holding jigs (white) [1] and the cable holding jig (black) [2], and remove the main tray [3]. NOTE ▪ Use care not to bend the wires. 14. Remove the right paper guide plate assy [1].
  • Page 564 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove four screws [1] and remove the right cover [2]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.9.2  Front cover (LU-207) 1. Remove the right cover. G.8.9.1 Right cover (LU-207) 2. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2].
  • Page 565 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Loosen five screws [1] and remove the rear cover [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.9.4  Feed cover (LU-207) 1. Remove the right cover. G.8.9.1 Right cover (LU-207) 2. Remove the front cover.
  • Page 566 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect two connectors [1], remove the screw [2] on the earth wire and the cord clamp [3]. NOTE ▪ When the optional transformer kit TK-101 is installed, disconnect the connector [4]. 4. Remove the harness [1] from the rear right cover [2] of the paper feed cabinet.
  • Page 567 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1], remove two screws [2] and remove the LU lift-up motor [3]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.9.8  LU paper feed motor (M2) (LU-207) 1. Remove the right cover.
  • Page 568 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the harness from the edge cover [2] and two wire saddles [3]. 4. Remove three screws [4] and remove the LU transport motor assy [5]. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the LU transport motor [2].
  • Page 569 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.9.2 Front cover (LU-207) 3. Remove the rear cover. G.8.9.3 Rear cover (LU-207) 4. Remove the LU transport motor. G.8.9.9 LU transport motor (M3) (LU-207) 5. Disconnect four connectors [1].
  • Page 570 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 13. Remove the auxiliary wire [2] from the spring [1] on the front side. 14. Remove the E-ring [1] on the front side to remove the wire holding jig [2]. 15. Remove the E-ring [2] on the rear side to remove the driving pulley [1].
  • Page 571 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 18. Remove the E-ring [1] on the front side to remove the driving pulley [2]. 19. Pull out the auxiliary wire [1] and two lift wires [2]. 20. Remove three E-rings [1] and three wire pulleys [2] to remove the lift wire/S [3] and the lift wire/L [4].
  • Page 572 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the plate [2]. 4. Insert the lift wire/S [2] to the right hole [1] on the rear face. 5. Install the board [2] with the screw [1].
  • Page 573 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Set the lift wire/L [2] to the near side groove [1] of the wire pulley and the lift wire/S [4] to the far side groove [3], and fix it with the wire holding jig [5] and the E-ring [6].
  • Page 574 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 12. Insert the lift wire/L [2] to the right hole [1] on the front face. 13. Set the lift wire/L [2] to the near side groove [1] of the wire pulley and fix it with the wire holding jig [3] and the E-ring [4].
  • Page 575 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 16. Set the lift wire/L [2] to the near side groove [1] of the wire pulley and the lift wire/S [4] to the far side groove [3], and fix it with the wire holding jig [5] and the E-ring [6].
  • Page 576 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 21. Wind the wire to the driving pulley [2] by rotating the lift up shaft [1] Rear side (counterclockwise when seen from rear) until the tray assy has risen to the upper end.
  • Page 577 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 25. NOTE ▪ Check to make sure that the wire hook [1] is at the position shown on the picture when the tray assy is at the lower end. 26. Place a weight such as a package of paper, etc. [1] to move the tray assy down to the lower end.
  • Page 578 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove two screws [1] and remove the fixed sheet metal [2]. 7. Remove two screws [1], the sheet metal [2] and remove the upper door [3]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 579 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Loosen five screws [1] and remove the front cover [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.10.4  Rear cover (LU-302) 1. Remove the right cover. G.8.10.2 Right cover (LU-302) 2. Remove two screws [1] and remove the plate [2].
  • Page 580 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove two screws [1] and remove the feed cover [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.10.6  Large capacity unit (LU-302) 1. Remove the large capacity unit [1] from the main body.
  • Page 581 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove two screws [1] and remove the mounting plate [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.10.7  LU drive board (LUDB) (LU-302) 1. Remove the right cover. G.8.10.2 Right cover (LU-302) 2.
  • Page 582 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove four screws [1] and remove the dehumidification heater [2]. 8.10.10  Lift wire (LU-302) (1)  Removal 1. Remove the right cover. G.8.10.2 Right cover (LU-302) 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.10.3 Front cover (LU-302) 3.
  • Page 583 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 11. Remove nine screws [1], and remove the motor assy [2]. 12. Remove the cable tie [3] from the motor assy [2]. 13. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1] and four wire saddles [2].
  • Page 584 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 18. Remove the E-ring [1] on the front side to remove the wire holding jig [2]. 19. Remove the E-ring [1] on the rear side to remove the driving pulley [2]. 20. Pull out three lift wires [1].
  • Page 585 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 23. Pull out the auxiliary wire [1] and two lift wires [2]. 24. Remove two E-rings [1] and two wire pulleys [2] to remove the lift wire/S [3] and the lift wire/L [4].
  • Page 586 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Set the lift wire/L [2] to the near side groove [1] on the wire pulley, and set the lift wire/S [4] to the far side groove [3] and secure them with the E-ring [5].
  • Page 587 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 9. Insert the lift wire/L [2] to the right hole [1] on the front face. 10. Set the lift wire/L [2] to the near side groove [1] on the wire pulley and secure it with the E-ring [3].
  • Page 588 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 14. Take the edges of the lift wire/S [1] and the lift wire/L [2] to set them to the holes on the shaft [3]. 15. Take the edge of the auxiliary wire [1] and set it to the hole on the shaft [2].
  • Page 589 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 18. When the wire is wound with the tray assy being at the up end, wind the auxiliary wire [2] to the wire pulley [1] clockwise once. 19. Set the auxiliary wire [1] on the front face to the hook of the slide spring [2].
  • Page 590 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 23. Wrap the lift wire/L [2] on the driving pulley [1] on the rear face clockwise seven times. 24. Turn the rotation plate [1] one and a half times clockwise from the position where the plate holds the tension, to set the lift wire/L [2].
  • Page 591 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove two claws [1] and move the exit tray 2 [2] upward. 3. Slide the exit tray 2 [2] to unlock the claws [3], and remove the exit tray 2 [2]. 4. NOTE ▪...
  • Page 592 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove the cable tie [1], and disconnect two connectors [2]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the job separator [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.11.4  Sensor unit (JS-506) 1.
  • Page 593 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 5. Remove four screws [2], and remove two ground terminals [3]. 6. Remove the JS control board [4]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.11.6  Tray shift motor (M1) (JS-506) 1.
  • Page 594 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.12  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (FS-533) 8.12.1  Front cover (FS-533) 1. Remove two screws [1] and remove the antistatic brush [2]. NOTE ▪ Make sure not to deform the brush by touching it. ▪ Make sure not to touch the upper surface of the transport unit [3] as it damages the guide plates.
  • Page 595 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.12.3  Rear cover (FS-533) 1. Remove three screws [1], and remove the rear cover [2]. NOTE ▪ When mounting the rear cover, hook the tab [3] on the plate to the rear cover. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 596 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Slide the finisher by pulling the lever [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the cover [3]. NOTE ▪ When mounting the cover, make the finisher’s cable come out from the cover at the position shown in the illustration.
  • Page 597 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 9. NOTE ▪ After mounting the finisher to the main body, press the antistatic <OK> <NG> brush [1] toward the rear using a rule or the like. ▪ Make sure that brush [1] touches the aluminum sheet [2] affixed to the bottom of the scanner unit.
  • Page 598 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.12.6  Paper exit tray unit (FS-533) 1. Remove five screws [1], and remove the paper exit tray unit [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.12.7  FS control board (FSCB) (FS-533) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 599 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Unhook two tabs [1], and remove the stapler relay board [2]. 7. Disconnect two connectors [3]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.12.9  Paper conveyance motor (M101) (FS-533) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 600 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.12.11  Alignment roller motor (M103) (FS-533) 1. Remove the front cover. G.8.12.1 Front cover (FS-533) 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove two screws [2], and remove the alignment roller motor [3].
  • Page 601 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. NOTE ▪ When removing the cover [2], two claws [3] may come off and the alignment tray [4] may come up. This may cause the alignment tray to contact the actuator [5] and cause malfunction of the actuator.
  • Page 602 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the stapler movement motor [2]. 6. Disconnect the connector [3]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.12.15  Tray lift up motor (M109) (FS-533) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 603 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.12.16  Paper surface detect solenoid (SD101) (FS-533) 1. Remove the paper exit tray unit. G.8.12.6 Paper exit tray unit (FS-533) 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2].
  • Page 604 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove the harness from wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2] and remove the paper surface detect solenoid [3]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.12.17  Batch solenoid (SD102) (FS-533) 1.
  • Page 605 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove the spring [1]. 3. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 4. Disconnect the connector [2]. 5. Remove the screw [3], and remove the paper exit roller solenoid [4]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 606 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the punch unit [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.13.2  PK control board (PKCB) (PK-519) 1. Remove the finisher.
  • Page 607 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 3. Remove the screw [1], and pull out the PK control board [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [3]. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2].
  • Page 608 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.14.2  Front door (FS-534/FS-534SD) 1. Remove the upper and lower stoppers [1], and remove the front door [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.14.3  Front upper cover (FS-534/FS-534SD) 1. Remove the front door.
  • Page 609 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option G.8.14.2 Front door (FS-534/FS-534SD) 2. Remove the front upper cover. G.8.14.3 Front upper cover (FS-534/FS-534SD) 3. Remove the left lower cover. Left lower cover (FS-534/FS-534SD) 4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the front lower cover [2].
  • Page 610 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove the screw [1], and pull out the lever [2]. NOTE ▪ At the time of the finisher installation, make sure that the screw hole [3] locates within the scope of the mounting hole of the lever [4].
  • Page 611 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Rotate the stapler transfer dial [1] until the stapler [2] has been moved to the location shown in the figure (the location where the back-end stopper [3] does not interact with the clincher staple arm [4]).
  • Page 612 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 12. Remove two screws [2], and remove the cover [1]. [2] [1] 13. Disconnect two connectors [1] of the stapler unit [2]. 14. Flip the stapler assy [2] over. 15. Remove two E-rings [1] from the guide shafts.
  • Page 613 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 19. Remove two screws [3] of the stapler unit, and remove the stapler base plate [2] from the stapler unit [1]. [1] [2] 20. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. NOTE ▪ When installing the stapler unit, ensure that the two connectors [1] removed in the process 13 are put through the hole in the base plate [2] and connected to the stapler unit before attaching the base plate.
  • Page 614 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.14.10  Saddle unit (FS-534SD) CAUTION • Be careful not to catch your finger in the edge of the rail when mounting the saddle unit on the right rail for the saddle unit installation. CAUTION •...
  • Page 615 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Disconnect three connectors [1]. 8. Remove the screw [1], and remove the pantograph [2]. 9. NOTE ▪ For installation of the pantograph, insert three hooks [1] on the pantograph of the saddle unit into the back holes inside the finisher.
  • Page 616 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 13. Insert the rail [1] on the right side into the finisher. 14. Grip the portion as shown in the illustration [1] to raise the saddle unit and take it out. NOTE ▪ For installation of the saddle unit, insert two hooks on the left rail [3] into the two holes of the saddle unit [2].
  • Page 617 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the FNS entry transport motor [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.14.13  FNS discharge motor (M3) (FS-534/FS-534SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
  • Page 618 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove the front upper cover. G.8.14.3 Front upper cover (FS-534/FS-534SD) 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the FNS paddle motor [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 619 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Remove two screws [1], and remove the alignment motor/front [2]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.14.18  Alignment motor/rear (M8) (FS-534/FS-534SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. G.8.14.6 Finisher (FS-534/FS-534SD) 2.
  • Page 620 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 6. Disconnect the connector [1]. 7. Remove seven screws [2], and remove the left lower cover [3]. NOTE ▪ When the saddle unit is attached, disconnect two connectors.
  • Page 621 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 13. Remove the rotating disk [1]. 14. Remove two screws [2], and remove the pre-eject drive motor [3]. 15. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.14.20  Bundle eject motor (M10) (FS-534/FS-534SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
  • Page 622 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8. Disconnect the connector [1]. 9. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the left upper cover [2]. 10. Disconnect the connector [3]. 11. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2].
  • Page 623 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the main tray up/down motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.14.22  Paper receiving control motor (M12) (FS-534/FS-534SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
  • Page 624 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the side stapler movement motor [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.15  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (SD-511) 8.15.1  Front cover (SD-511) 1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the jam clearing dial [2].
  • Page 625 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove the paper exit tray [1]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.15.3  Staple unit (SD-511) 1. Remove the saddle unit. G.8.14.10 Saddle unit (FS-534SD) 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.15.1 Front cover (SD-511) 3.
  • Page 626 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 7. Remove two screws [1]. 8. Detach the board support film [3] from the harness guide tabs [2]. 9. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1].
  • Page 627 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 15. Disconnect the connector [1]. 16. Remove two screws [1], and remove the staple unit [2]. 17. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.15.4  SD drive board (SDDB) (SD-511) 1. Remove the saddle unit.
  • Page 628 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.15.5  SD transport motor (M1) (SD-511) 1. Remove the saddle unit. G.8.14.10 Saddle unit (FS-534SD) 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.15.1 Front cover (SD-511) 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the SD transport motor [3].
  • Page 629 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Disconnect the connector [1]. 6. Remove two screws [2], and remove the alignment motor [3]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.15.8  Stopper drive motor (M4) (SD-511) 1. Remove the saddle unit.
  • Page 630 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the tri-folding guide motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.15.11  SD paddle motor (M7) (SD-511) 1. Remove the saddle unit.
  • Page 631 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option G.8.14.10 Saddle unit (FS-534SD) 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.15.1 Front cover (SD-511) 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the center fold guide motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 632 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 4. Place the saddle unit as shown in the illustration. 5. Remove two stoppers [1], and remove the guide plate [2]. 6. Slide the lever unit [3] upward.
  • Page 633 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 10. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the drive lever [2]. 11. Remove two screws [1]. 12. Remove the guide plate assy [1]. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the guide plate assy, perform mechanical adjustment.
  • Page 634 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 15. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the stopper guide, fit the belt into the stopper guide groove [1]. 16. Remove the screw [1], and remove the plate [2]. 17. Remove the screw [1]. 18. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the stopper solenoid [2].
  • Page 635 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.16  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (FS-536/FS-536SD) 8.16.1  Rear cover (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove eight screws [1], and remove the rear cover [2]. 2. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.16.2  Front door (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove the upper and lower stoppers [1], and remove the front door [2].
  • Page 636 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove two screws [1]. NOTE ▪ If the saddle unit is installed, pull out the saddle unit, and then remove two screws [1]. 3. Remove the left lower cover [1]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 637 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.16.6  Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) CAUTION • When transporting the finisher, make sure to push it to the direction as shown in the illustration. (to prevent turnover during transportation) 1. Remove the DF cable cover. G.6.2.22 DF cable cover 2.
  • Page 638 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8. NOTE ▪ The blade spring [1] of the installed plate should be in contact with the main body. 8.16.7  Relay unit (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. G.8.16.6 Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2.
  • Page 639 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1] and the edge cover [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [3]. 5. Remove the screw [4], and remove the sensor unit [5]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 640 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Remove the screw [1]. 8. Remove two screws [1] from the front of the finisher. 9. Remove the stapler assy [1] from the finisher. NOTE ▪ While removing the stapler assy [1], be careful not to hit the stapler against the finisher frame.
  • Page 641 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 14. Flip the stapler assy [2] over. 15. Remove two E-rings [1] from the guide shafts. 16. Remove the clear spacers [1] and white rolls [2] on both shafts [3]. NOTE ▪ Be careful not to lose the clear spacers.
  • Page 642 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect all connectors from the board. 4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the FS control board [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.16.11  FNS entry transport motor (M2) (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1.
  • Page 643 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the FNS discharge motor [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.16.13  Receiving roller retraction motor (M4) (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
  • Page 644 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove the harness from three wire saddles [2]. 6. Remove two screws [3], and remove the trailing edge stopper motor assy [4]. 7. Remove two screws [1], and remove the trailing edge stopper motor [2].
  • Page 645 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2] and remove the alignment motor/rear assy [3]. 5. Remove two screws [1] and remove the alignment motor/rear [2]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 646 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 7. Remove seven screws [2], and remove the left lower cover [3]. NOTE ▪ Disconnect one connector when the saddle unit is not installed. 8. Disconnect the connector [1].
  • Page 647 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 13. Remove the rotating disk [1]. 14. Remove two screws [2], and remove the pre-eject drive motor [3]. 15. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.16.19  Bundle eject motor (M10) (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
  • Page 648 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8. Disconnect the connector [1]. 9. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the left upper cover [2]. 10. Disconnect the connector [3]. 11. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2].
  • Page 649 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the main tray up/down motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.16.21  Paper receiving control motor (M12) (FS-536/FS-536SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
  • Page 650 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the side stapler movement motor [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.17  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (FS-536SD saddle section) 8.17.1  Front cover (FS-536SD saddle section) 1.
  • Page 651 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option CAUTION • Be careful not to jam your finger in the connecting section of the pantograph. 1. Remove the finisher. G.8.16.6 Finisher (FS-536/FS-536SD) 2. Remove the front door of the finisher. G.8.16.2 Front door (FS-536/FS-536SD) 3.
  • Page 652 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 9. NOTE ▪ For installation of the pantograph, insert three hooks [1] on the pantograph of the saddle unit into the back holes inside the finisher. 10. Remove the screw [1]. 11. Push back the saddle unit into the position of the illustration, and then remove the screw [1].
  • Page 653 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 14. Grip the portion [1] as shown in the illustration to raise the saddle unit and take it out. NOTE ▪ For installation of the saddle unit, insert two hooks [3] on the left rail into two holes [2] of the saddle unit.
  • Page 654 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 4. Remove three screws [1], and remove the tri-folding guide motor assy [2]. 5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the conveyance assy [2].
  • Page 655 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 9. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 10. Disconnect the connector [2]. 11. Remove four screws [3], and remove the SD control board assy [4]. 12. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2].
  • Page 656 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove two screws [1]. 3. Remove the board support film [3] from the harness guide [2]. 4. Disconnect all the connectors from the board. 5. Remove four screws [1]. 6. Detach the SD control board [3] from two tabs [2].
  • Page 657 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the connector [2]. 4. Remove two screws [3], and remove the paper discharge control motor [4]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 658 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove two screws [2], and remove the stopper drive motor [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 659 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the SD paddle motor assy [3]. 5. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the belt, align the portions of the gear [1] and the gear [2] indicated in the illustration with the triangular marking on the metal plate.
  • Page 660 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option Saddle unit (FS-536SD) 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.17.1 Front cover (FS-536SD saddle section) 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1]. 5. Remove four screws [2], and remove the center fold knife motor [3].
  • Page 661 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove two stoppers [1], and remove the guide plate [2]. 6. Slide the lever unit [3] upward. 7. Remove two screws [1] and disconnect the connector [2]. 8. Raise the saddle unit.
  • Page 662 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 12. Remove the guide plate assy [1]. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the guide plate assy, perform mechanical adjustment. Half-fold skew adjustment 13. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 14. Remove two E-rings [1], and remove the stopper guide [2].
  • Page 663 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 17. Remove the screw [1]. 18. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the stopper solenoid [2]. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the stopper solenoid, fit its tip into the place [3] shown in the illustration.
  • Page 664 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Disconnect the connector [1]. 6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the punch kit [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.19  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (FS-537/FS-537SD) 8.19.1  Upper cover/1 (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1. Remove three caps [1] and three screws [2], then remove the upper cover/1 [3].
  • Page 665 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove six screws [1], and remove the upper cover/3 [2]. 4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse. 8.19.4  Rear cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
  • Page 666 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove four screws [1], then remove the front upper cover [3] while sliding the guide lever (FS4/FS5) [2]. 3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse. 8.19.7  Front lower cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1.
  • Page 667 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.19.10  Left upper cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) CAUTION • Always carry out this procedure while supporting the main tray with your hand since the main will strongly come down when you slide the coupling. 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 668 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.19.11  Left lower cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1. Remove five screws [1], disconnect the connector [2], and remove the left lower cover [3]. 2. NOTE ▪ Always perform the installation after mounting three hooks [4] of the left lower cover on the finisher plate.
  • Page 669 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove the connector [1] and remove the finisher [2] from the main body. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.19.13  Relay unit (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body.
  • Page 670 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove the stapler movement motor assy G.8.19.30 Stapler movement motor (M19) (FS-537/FS-537SD) 5. Rotate the stapler transfer dial [1] until the stapler [2] has been moved to the [3] [4] location shown in the figure (the location where the back-end stopper [3] does not interact with the clincher staple arm [4]).
  • Page 671 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 9. Remove the stapler assy [1] from the finisher. NOTE ▪ While removing the stapler assy [1], be careful not to hit the stapler against the finisher frame. 10. Put the stapler assy [1] on a stable workbench.
  • Page 672 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 16. Disconnect two connectors [1] and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2] and harness guide [3]. 17. Remove the stapler assy [4]. [3] [1] 18. Remove four screws [1], and remove the stapler unit [2].
  • Page 673 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Disconnect the connector [1]. 6. Remove two screws [2], the E-ring [3], and the bushing [4], and remove the Pre-eject drive motor [5]. 7. Disconnect the connector [1]. 8. Remove two screws [2] and remove the stacker plate drive motor [3].
  • Page 674 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove two screws [1] and remove the route change gate motor [2]. 6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse. 8.19.19  Main tray up/down motor (M6) (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 675 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Remove nine screws [1], disconnect two connectors [2], and remove the metal plate [3]. 8. Remove the transfer roller unit [1]. 9. Remove the screw [1] and remove the sub tray full detection sensor/in (PS41) [2].
  • Page 676 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 11. Remove four screws [1], remove the harness from three wire saddles [2], and remove the cover [3]. 12. Remove four screws [1], disconnect two connectors [2], and remove the upper paddle unit [3].
  • Page 677 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 14. Disconnect the connector [1]. 15. Disconnect the connector [2] and remove the harness from two edge covers [3]. 16. Remove three screws [1] and remove the paddle up/down motor assy [2]. 17. Remove two screws [1] and remove the paddle up/down motor [2].
  • Page 678 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 21. Remove three screws [1] and remove the FNS paddle motor assy [2]. 22. Remove two screws [1], and remove the FNS paddle motor [2]. 23. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
  • Page 679 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Rotate the stapler transfer dial [2] to move the stapler [1] towards the rear until the dial stops. NOTE ▪ If the stapler rotated (tilted) at the rear of the finisher, move it forward until it becomes straight and again move it backward.
  • Page 680 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8. Remove eight screws [1] and remove the paper exit part [2]. 9. NOTE ▪ During installation, place the metal plate part [3] shown in the illustration on top of the dowel [4].
  • Page 681 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 13. NOTE ▪ During the procedure, be careful not to bend the plate [1] and the mylar [2]. 14. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove two screws [2]. 15. Remove four screws [1], remove the belt [3] while sliding the metal plate [2], then remove the trail edge stopper motor/R [4].
  • Page 682 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Disconnect two connectors [1] and remove the harness from the wire saddle [2]. 7. Disconnect three connectors [1] and remove the harness from four wire saddles [2]. 8. Remove eight screws [1] and remove the paper exit part [2].
  • Page 683 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 9. NOTE ▪ During installation, place the plate [3] part shown in the illustration on top of the dowel [4]. 10. Remove the alignment motor/front. G.8.19.25 Alignment motor/front (M14) (FS-537/FS-537SD) 11. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1].
  • Page 684 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 15. Remove four screws [1], remove the belt [3] while sliding the metal plate [2], then remove the trail edge stopper motor/F [4]. NOTE ▪ Place the belt [3] on the gear during installation.
  • Page 685 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the alignment motor/front [2]. 4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse. 8.19.26  Paper receiving control motor (M15) (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1. Remove the rear cover.
  • Page 686 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the SD discharge motor [2]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.19.28  FNS discharge motor (M17) (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1. Remove the rear cover. Rear cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) 2.
  • Page 687 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove three screws [2] and remove the sub tray discharge motor assy [3]. 5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 6. Remove the E-ring [1].
  • Page 688 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove the E-ring [1]. 5. Remove the gear [1] and pin [2], then remove the stapler movement motor [3]. 6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse. 8.19.31  FNS entry transport motor (M20) (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1.
  • Page 689 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove the gear [1] and pin [2], and remove the FNS entry transport motor [3]. [1] [2] 7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse. 8.19.32  ZU Discharge Motor (M21) (FS-537/FS-537SD) 1.
  • Page 690 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.20  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (FS-537SD saddle section) 8.20.1  Front cover (FS-537SD saddle section) 1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the jam clearing dial [2]. 2. Remove four screws [3], and remove the front cover [4].
  • Page 691 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option G.8.19.7 Front lower cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) 4. Disconnect three connectors [1] on the pantograph. 5. Remove the screw [2] and remove the pantograph [3]. 6. NOTE ▪ For installation of the pantograph, insert three hooks [1] on the pantograph of the saddle unit into the back holes inside the finisher.
  • Page 692 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 10. Place the right rail [2] to inside the finisher while holding the saddle unit in the section indicated in the figure [1] and raising it. NOTE ▪ Place the boss [3] of the saddle unit into the hole in the right rail when installing the saddle unit.
  • Page 693 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove four screws [1]. 5. Disconnect the connector [2] and remove the exit tray [3]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.20.4  Staple unit (FS-537SD saddle section) 1. Remove the saddle unit.
  • Page 694 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 7. Remove two screws [1]. 8. Detach the board support film [3] from the harness guide tabs [2]. 9. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1].
  • Page 695 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 15. Disconnect the connector [1]. 16. Remove two screws [1], and remove the staple unit [2]. 17. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.20.5  SD control board (SDCB) (FS-537SD saddle section) 1. Remove the saddle unit.
  • Page 696 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.20.6  SD transport motor (M1) (FS-537SD saddle section) 1. Remove the saddle unit. Saddle unit (FS-537SD saddle section) 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.20.1 Front cover (FS-537SD saddle section) 3. Disconnect the connector [1].
  • Page 697 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Disconnect the connector [1]. 6. Remove two screws [2], and remove the alignment motor [3]. 7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.20.9  Stopper drive motor (M4) (FS-537SD saddle section) 1. Remove the saddle unit.
  • Page 698 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2] and remove the center fold guide motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.20.12  SD paddle motor (M7) (FS-537SD saddle section) 1.
  • Page 699 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option Saddle unit (FS-537SD saddle section) 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.20.1 Front cover (FS-537SD saddle section) 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the tri-folding guide motor [3].
  • Page 700 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove four screws [2] and remove the paper transport belt motor [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.20.16  Stopper solenoid (SD1) (FS-537SD saddle section) 1. Remove the saddle unit.
  • Page 701 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Slide the lever unit [3] upward. 7. Remove two screws [1] and disconnect the connector [2]. 8. Raise the saddle unit. 9. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from three wire saddles [2].
  • Page 702 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 13. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2]. 14. Remove two E-rings [1], and remove the stopper guide [2]. 15. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the stopper guide, fit the belt into the stopper guide groove [1].
  • Page 703 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 18. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the stopper solenoid [2]. NOTE ▪ When reinstalling the stopper solenoid, fit its tip into the place [3] shown in the illustration. 19. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 704 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove four screws [1] and remove the plate [2]. 7. Remove the rear cover of the finisher. Rear cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) 8. Remove two screws [1] and remove the board cover [2]. 9. Disconnect three connectors [1].
  • Page 705 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 14. Remove three screws [1]. 15. Remove the punch kit [1] by pulling it out from the finisher main unit. 16. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. NOTE If the paper jam error around the punch unit is displayed on the control panel when turning on the machine after installing the finisher, check the following: •...
  • Page 706 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove three screws [1] and remove the board protective shield [2]. 4. Remove two screws [1], disconnect the connector [2], and remove the paper size detect board [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 707 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.22  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (ZU-609) 8.22.1  Z Folding Unit (ZU-609) 1. Remove the finisher from the main body. G.8.19.12 Finisher (FS-537/FS-537SD) 2. Remove the rear cover of the finisher. Rear cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) 3. Disconnect the connector [1] and pull out the harness from the harness guide [2].
  • Page 708 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8. Open the three ([1]/[2]/[3]) jam removal levers. 9. NOTE ▪ If the lever does not open because the stapler [1] is being blocked, rotate the stapler transfer dial [2] and move the stapler [1] towards the rear until the dial stops.
  • Page 709 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option • If the jam removal lever [1] of Z folding unit is not in the position shown in the illustration, pull the lever to set to the position shown in the illustration. 14. NOTE ▪...
  • Page 710 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option G.8.19.12 Finisher (FS-537/FS-537SD) 2. Remove the rear cover of the finisher. Rear cover (FS-537/FS-537SD) 3. Disconnect five connectors [1] on the ZU drive board. 4. Remove the screw [2] and three board supports [3], then remove the ZU drive board [4].
  • Page 711 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove two screws [2] and remove the folding guide motor [3]. 4. To reinstall, follow the removal procedure backwards. 8.22.6  Pressure motor (M502) (ZU-609) 1. Remove the Z folding unit.
  • Page 712 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Pull the unlock lever [1] and open the upper door [2]. 3. Remove three tabs [1] and remove the front cover [2]. [1] [2] 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 713 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove the front cover. G.8.23.2 Front cover (JS-602) 3. Remove the rear cover. G.8.23.3 Rear cover (JS-602) 4. Remove two screws [1], disconnect the connector [2], and remove the job separator [3].
  • Page 714 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.24  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (PI-507) 8.24.1  Upper cover (PI-507) 1. Remove the cap [1]. 2. Remove four screws [2] and remove the upper cover [3]. 3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.24.2  Rear cover (PI-507) 1.
  • Page 715 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the connector cover [2]. 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 4. Open the finisher front door. 5. Remove three screws [1]. 6. Disconnect the connector [1].
  • Page 716 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Remove the post inserter [1] by shifting it toward the direction of the arrow. NOTE ▪ Install the post inserter so it is hooked to the positioning screw [2] attached to the finisher.
  • Page 717 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.24.8  Tray lift motor /Lw (M202) (PI-507) 1. Remove the transfer motor (M203). G.8.24.9 Transfer motor (M203) (PI-507) 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. [3] [2] [1] 3. Remove four screws [2] and slide the metal plate [3].
  • Page 718 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove five screws [1]. 5. Disconnect 10 connectors [1]. 6. Remove six wire saddles [2] and remove the harness from the two harness guides [3]. 7. Unhook three wire saddle hooks [1] and remove the metal plate [2].
  • Page 719 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.24.10  Transport roller drive motor (M204) (PI-507) • Removing the transport roller drive motor (M204) is the same as removing the ZU transport motor (M500) of the Z fold unit ZU-609. Refer to the method of removing the ZU transport motor (M500).
  • Page 720 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Unhook three wire saddle hooks [1] and remove the metal plate [2]. 8. Remove the E-ring [1] and remove the transfer clutch /Lw [2]. NOTE ▪ During installation, always fit the depressed part of the transfer clutch [3] into the groove of the metal plate.
  • Page 721 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove five screws [1]. 5. Disconnect 10 connectors [1]. 6. Remove six wire saddles [2] and remove the harness from two harness guides [3]. 7. Unhook three wire saddle hooks [1] and remove the metal plate [2].
  • Page 722 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 9. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the registration clutch [2]. 10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse. 8.24.14  Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202) (PI-507) 1. Remove the post-inserter. G.8.24.4 Post Inserter (PI-507) 2.
  • Page 723 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove three screws [1] and remove the cover [2]. 4. Disconnect the connector [1], remove two screws [2], and remove the paper size VR /Lw [3]. 5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
  • Page 724 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. Remove four screws [1], and remove the RU transport motor assy [2]. 7. Remove two screws [1], and remove the RU transport motor [2]. 8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
  • Page 725 4. Remove the protective shield. G.6.2.26 Protective shield 5. Remove the DSC board/2. (Option) G.8.27.4 DSC board/2 (for back side) (SC-508) (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 6. Remove the dual scan image processing board. G.6.4.13 Dual scan image processing board (DSIPB) 7. Remove two screws [1], and remove the DSC board/2 [1].
  • Page 726 2. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1], and disconnect two connectors [2]. 3. Remove two screws [3], and remove the upgrade kit [4]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.29.2  Upgrade kit (UK-212) (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 1. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2.
  • Page 727 2. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1], and disconnect two connectors [2]. 3. Remove two screws [3], and remove the upgrade kit [4]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.30.2  Upgrade kit (UK-215) (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 1. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2.
  • Page 728 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 3. Disconnect four connectors [1]. NOTE [1]<Line3> ▪ If the FAX board of Line 4 only is to be removed, there is no need to disconnect the Line 3 connector.
  • Page 729 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Disconnect the modular cable [1], and remove the modular cable from the guide [2]. 3. NOTE If there is a ferrite core attached to the modular cable when it is installed, follow the instructions and attach a ferrite core to the modular cable.
  • Page 730 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 7. Remove the USB cable and harness from the harness guide [1]. 8. Disconnect two connectors [2] and two USB cables [3]. [1] [1] 9. Remove two screws [1], and remove the Fax Kit (Line1) [2].
  • Page 731 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove the USB cable and harness from the wire saddle [1]. 4. Disconnect two connectors [1] of the Line 2. 5. Remove the harness and USB cable from the cut-out section [2] in the cover 6.
  • Page 732 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 4. Remove the harness from the edge cover [2]. 5. Disconnect two connectors [3]. NOTE ▪ When the ferrite core [4] has been installed, be sure to install the hard disk at the position shown in the illustration.
  • Page 733 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 2. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1]. 3. Disconnect two connectors [2]. NOTE ▪ Ensure that the cables do not contact with the MFP board at connecting the connectors [2]. ▪ When the security kit SC-508 has been installed, ensure that the cables do not contact with the DSC board at connecting the connectors [2].
  • Page 734 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.33.3  Hard disk (B) (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 1. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2. Remove the toner filter. F.8.1.1 Replacing the toner filter 3. Remove the lower rear cover.
  • Page 735 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 12. Remove four metal plates [2] and two connectors [3] from the hard disk [1]. 13. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 14. After replacing, conduct hard disk mirroring. [State Confirmation] -> [Memory/Storage Adjustment] ->...
  • Page 736 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Remove the four screws [1], and remove the clean unit [2]. 4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.34.3  Clean unit drive board (CUDB) 1. Remove the clean unit cover. G.8.34.1 Clean unit cover 2.
  • Page 737 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.34.5  Exhaust fan/2 (FM15) 1. Remove the clean unit cover. G.8.34.1 Clean unit cover 2. Disconnect two connectors [1], and remove the harness from the harness guide [2].
  • Page 738 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 4. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1]. 5. Remove the upper rear cover. G.5.2.22 Upper rear cover 6. Disconnect the connector [1]. 7. Remove the screw [2], and remove the suction fan assy [3].
  • Page 739 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 8.35  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (CU-102) 8.35.1  Clean unit (CU-102) 1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2]. 2. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the harness from two wire saddles [2]. NOTE ▪ When connecting the connector [1], wind the harness two times around two wire saddles [2] as illustrated in the figure.
  • Page 740 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect four connectors [1]. 4. Remove the screw [2], and remove the clean unit drive board [3]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.35.3  Exhaust fan/1 (FM14) 1. Remove the clean unit.
  • Page 741 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 3. Disconnect the connector [1]. 4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the exhaust fan/2 [2]. 5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.35.5  UFP filter 1. Remove the clean unit. G.8.35.1 Clean unit (CU-102) 2.
  • Page 742 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 5. Remove two UFP filters/2 [1]. 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.36  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (KP-101) 8.36.1  Keypad (KP-101) 1. Remove the two screws [1], and remove the cover [2]. 2. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the keypad [2].
  • Page 743 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. 8.38  Disassembly/reassembly procedure (VI-510) 8.38.1  Video Interface Kit (VI-510) 1. Remove the duct cover. G.6.2.23 Duct cover/1 G.6.2.24 Duct cover/2, filter assy 2. Remove the toner filter.
  • Page 744 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 8. Option 9. Remove four screws [1], and remove the relay board [2]. 10. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal. G-444...
  • Page 745 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 9.  COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 9.1  Installing the key counter (bizhub C368/C308/C258) 9.1.1  Configuration Key counter socket Key counter 9.1.2  Procedure NOTE ▪ When mounting the key counter, the optional key counter kit KIT-1 (4623-474) or key counter kit KIT-CF (4623-484; only for Europe and Japan) is necessary.
  • Page 746 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 8. Route the harness through the hook [1] located at the middle of the upper right cover, and reinstall the upper right cover [2] using two screws [3]. 9. Prepare one screw (M3 x 6).
  • Page 747 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 16. Using two screws [2], secure the key counter socket [1]. 17. Using two screws [2], secure the key counter cover [1]. 18. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] -> [Key Counter Only] or [Vendor 2] (Use the key counter and the vendor 2 together).
  • Page 748 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 8. Route the harness through the hook [1] located at the middle of the upper right cover, and reinstall the upper right cover [2] using two screws [3]. 9. Prepare one screw (M3 x 6).
  • Page 749 18. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] -> [Key Counter Only] or [Vendor 2] (Use the key counter and the vendor 2 together). Then, set the relative items. For details on setting, see “ I.8.3.2 Management Function Choice”. 9.2  Installing the key counter (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 9.2.1  Configuration Key counter socket Key counter 9.2.2  Procedure NOTE ▪...
  • Page 750 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 2. Cut out the knockouts [1] of the scanner right cover. 3. Remove two caps [2]. 4. Remove the upper right cover. G.6.2.20 Upper right cover 5. Remove the harness [2] for the key counter from four wire saddles [1].
  • Page 751 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 11. Pass the key counter harness through the hole [1] in the scanner right cover. 12. Mount the scanner right cover [2] using three screws [3]. 13. Using two screws [2], secure the counter mounting bracket [1].
  • Page 752 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 2. Cut out the knockouts [1] of the scanner right cover. 3. Remove two caps [2]. 4. Remove the upper right cover. G.6.2.20 Upper right cover 5. Remove the harness [2] for the key counter from four wire saddles [1].
  • Page 753 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 11. Pass the key counter harness through the hole [1] in the right scanner cover. 12. Mount the scanner right cover [2] using three screws [3]. 13. Using two screws [2], secure the counter mounting bracket [1].
  • Page 754 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 9. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS 3. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [1]. 4. Connect the connector [2] to the original size sensor/2 [1]. 5. Attach the harness to the wire saddle [3]. 6. Fix the original size sensor/2 (PS205) [1] with screw [4].
  • Page 755 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H  CLEANING/LUBRICATION 1.  bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 1.1  Cleaning parts list Section Part name Ref. page Processing section Transfer belt unit H.1.3.1 Transfer belt unit (bizhub C368/C308/C258) H.1.3.2 Transfer belt unit (bizhub C658/C558/C458) PH window H.1.3.3 PH window (bizhub C368/C308/C258) H.1.3.4 PH window (bizhub C658/C558/C458)
  • Page 756 3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the tray 1 feed roller [1], tray 1 pick-up roller [2], tray 1 separation roller [3] clean of dirt. 1.3.6  Tray 1 feed roller, tray 1 pick-up roller, tray 1 separation roller (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 1. Remove the tray 1.
  • Page 757 3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the tray 2 feed roller [1], tray 2 pick-up roller [2], tray 2 separation roller [3] clean of dirt. 1.3.8  Tray 2 feed roller, tray 2 pick-up roller, tray 2 separation roller (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 1. Remove the tray 1.
  • Page 758 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the feed roller cover [2]. 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the manual bypass tray feed roller [1] clean of dirt. 1.3.11  Manual bypass tray separation roller 1.
  • Page 759 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 1.3.13  Original glass (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 1. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the original glass [1] clean of dirt. 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the original reading glass [1] clean of dirt.
  • Page 760 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 1.3.16  Lens 1. Remove the original glass. G.5.2.12 Original glass 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the lens [1] clean of dirt. 1.3.17  CCD sensor 1. Remove the original glass. G.5.2.12 Original glass 2.
  • Page 761 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 2. Dual scan document feeder 2.  Dual scan document feeder 2.1  Cleaning parts list Section Part name Ref. page Scanning section Back side scanning glass H.2.2.1 Back side scanning glass Back side scanning guide H.2.2.2 Back side scanning guide/Back side scanning...
  • Page 762 Feed roller H.3.9.2 Feed roller Separation roller H.3.9.3 Separation roller Conveyance section Conveyance roller H.3.9.4 Duplex transport roller 3.2  Cleaning parts list (bizhub C658/C558/C458) 3.2.1  PC-115/PC-215 Section Part name Ref. page Feed section Tray 3 feed roller H.3.5.1 Tray 3 feed roller, tray 3 pick-up roller, tray 3...
  • Page 763 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 3. Option Section Part name Ref. page Conveyance section Conveyance roller H.3.8.4 Conveyance roller 3.2.4  LU-302 Section Part name Ref. page Paper feed section Pick-up roller H.3.9.1 Pick-up roller Feed roller H.3.9.2 Feed roller Separation roller H.3.9.3 Separation roller...
  • Page 764 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 3. Option 3. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the back side scanning guide [1] and back side scanning shading shaft [2] clean of dirt. 3.4  Cleaning procedure (PC-110/PC-210) NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol.
  • Page 765 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 3. Option 3.5  Cleaning procedure (PC-115/PC-215) NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 3.5.1  Tray 3 feed roller, tray 3 pick-up roller, tray 3 separation roller 1. Remove the tray 3.
  • Page 766 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 3. Option 3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the feed roller [1], pick-up roller [2], separation roller [3] clean of dirt. 3.6.2  Vertical transport roller 1. Open the right door. 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the vertical transport roller [1] clean of dirt.
  • Page 767 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 3. Option 3.8  Cleaning procedure (LU-207) NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol. 3.8.1  Pick-up roller 1. Open the upper door. 2. Lift the pick-up roller. 3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the pick-up roller [1] clean of dirt.
  • Page 768 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 3. Option 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the conveyance roller [1] clean of dirt. 3.9  Cleaning procedure (LU-302) NOTE ▪ The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol.
  • Page 769 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 3. Option 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the separation roller [1] clean of dirt. 3.9.4  Duplex transport roller 1. Remove the paper feed cover. Feed cover (LU-303) 2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the duplex transport roller [1] clean of dirt.
  • Page 770 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 3. Option 4. Clean the feed roller/Lw [1] with a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol. 5. Remove the feed roller assy/Lw. F.23.1.1 Replacing the pick-up roller/Lw / feed roller/Lw (PI-507) 6. Clean the separation roller/Lw [1] with a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol.
  • Page 771 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 1. How To Use The Adjustment/Setting Section I  ADJUSTMENT/SETTING 1.  How To Use The Adjustment/Setting Section 1.1  How to use the adjustment/setting section • “Adjustment/Setting” contains detailed information on the adjustment items and procedures for this machine. 1.2  Advance checks Before attempting to work adjustments and settings, the following advance checks must be made.
  • Page 772 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode 2.  List of utility mode 2.1  List of utility mode (outline) NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to "User's Guide."...
  • Page 773 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode 3. The Utility Mode screen will appear. 2.1.2  Exiting procedure 1. Touch the [Close] key. 2.2  One-Touch/User Box Registration NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to " User's Guide ."...
  • Page 774 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] shows that the vendor 2 is mounted. (It will be displayed when the key counter is mounted.) •...
  • Page 775 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to " User's Guide ." • User Settings • System Settings •...
  • Page 776 • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] shows that the vendor 2 is mounted. • *1: bizhub C368/C308/C258 only • *2: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only • *3: Except for bizhub C658 (2)  User Settings > System Settings [2/2]...
  • Page 777 Setting *1 bizhub Remote Access This is displayed when an Android tablet device is connected. Setting • *1: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only 2.3.2  Custom Display Settings (1)  User Settings > Custom Display Settings [1/2] NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting.
  • Page 778 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Program Default Address Book Index Default Default Address Sort Method Default Address Display Method Address Button Size Setting Fax Settings Default Tab Program Default Address Book Index...
  • Page 779 (a card) are not inserted under the condition where the vendor 2 is set to Set in the [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice]. • *1: bizhub C368/C308/C258 only • *2: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only (2)  User Settings > Copier Settings [2/4]...
  • Page 780 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.'' Key name Function/Precondition Default Enlarge Display Displayed when you select [Utility] -> [User Settings] -> [Copier Settings] in the enlarge display mode.
  • Page 781 • When selecting “ON,” select the contents to be registered in the finishing program. Card Shot Settings Layout Zoom Store Original Size • *1: bizhub C368/C308/C258 only • *2: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only • *3: Except for bizhub C658 2.3.4  Scan/Fax Settings (1)  User Settings > Scan/Fax Settings [1/3] I-11...
  • Page 782 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.'' Key name Function/Precondition JPEG Compression Level Black Compression Level...
  • Page 783 Key name Function/Precondition Graphic Outlining Auto Rename Function • *1: Upgrade kit UK-211 is not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458 (3)  User Settings > Scan/Fax Settings [3/3] NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.''...
  • Page 784 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode 2.3.6  Printer Settings (1)  User Settings > Printer Settings NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.''...
  • Page 785 • *1: bizhub C368/C308/C258 only • *2: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only • *3: Except for bizhub C658 • *4: Upgrade kit UK-211 is not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458 2.3.7  Change Password NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting.
  • Page 786 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition • When [Administrator Settings] -> [Security Settings] -> [Enhanced Security Mode] is set to “ON”, entering the incorrect password three times will cause access lock. 2.3.8  Change E-Mail Address NOTE ▪...
  • Page 787 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode • Administrator Settings [1/2] • System Settings • Administrator/Machine Settings • One-Touch/User Box Registration • User Authentication/Account Track • Network Settings • Copier Settings • Printer Settings • Fax Settings •...
  • Page 788 • It will be displayed when optional finisher FS-536, FS-536SD, FS-537, or FS-537SD is mounted. *2 • It will be displayed when optional finisher FS-533 or job separator JS-506 is mounted. *3 • *1: bizhub C368/C308/C258 only • *2: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only • *3: Except for bizhub C658 (c)  Date/Time Setting Key name Function/Precondition Date/Time Setting When [Administrator Settings] ->...
  • Page 789 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (f)  Restrict User Access Key name Function/Precondition Restrict Program Function Setting Copy Program Lock Settings Delete Saved Copy Program Restrict Access to Job Changing Job Priority • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] ->...
  • Page 790 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Punch Regist Loop Size • It will be displayed when optional punch kit PK-520 is mounted in finisher Adjustment FS-534 or FS-534SD. *1 • It will be displayed when optional punch kit PK-520 is mounted in finisher FS-536 or FS-536SD.
  • Page 791 Erase Adjustment Non-Image Area Erase Operation Settings PS Designer Settings • *1: bizhub C368/C308/C258 only • *2: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only • *3: Except for bizhub C658 (h)  List/Counter Key name Function/Precondition Management List Job Settings List It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] ->...
  • Page 792 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.'' Key name Function/Precondition URL Document URL Delete Document...
  • Page 793 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.'' Key name Function/Precondition Enlarge Display Settings Display Default Settings...
  • Page 794 Key name Function/Precondition ADF Settings *1 • *1: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only • *2: Upgrade kit UK-211 is not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458 2.4.3  Administrator/Machine Settings (1)  Administrator Settings > Administrator/Machine Settings NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting.
  • Page 795 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] shows that the vendor 2 is mounted. It will be displayed only when [Service Mode] -> [System 2] ->...
  • Page 796 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Default Authentication • [External Server Authentication] cannot be selected Method when external servers are not registered in [Administrator Settings] -> [User Authentication/ Account Track] -> [External Server Settings].
  • Page 797 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Auth. Operation Setting when print Documents are Stored Login Allowed with Administrative Rights Web Browser Default Settings User Registration • It cannot be entered when conducting authentication by external server.
  • Page 798 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Management Function Choice] shows that key counter or vendor 2 is mounted.
  • Page 799 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to "User's Guide." Key name Function/Precondition VLAN Settings - VLAN ID...
  • Page 800 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition E-Mail RX (POP) • It will not be displayed when [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] shows that the authentication device 2 is mounted. • [Check for New Messages] and [Polling Interval] do not display when [Administrator Settings] ->...
  • Page 801 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Printer Settings Scanner Settings Distributed Scan Settings • It will be displayed when [Administrator Settings] -> [Network Settings] -> [DPWS Settings] -> [Scanner Settings] is set to “ON.”...
  • Page 802 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Send Domain Limit Send Permission Setting Settings Send Deny Setting Limitation check of Shared address Network I/F Configuration For details of the functions, refer to I.2.11.3 Network Settings-Network I/F Configuration.
  • Page 803 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.'' Key name Function/Precondition bizhub Remote Access • To remote-control the Control Panel of this machine using an Android/iOS device, you need to install Remote Setting Access on the Android/iOS device.
  • Page 804 It will be displayed when optional finisher FS-534SD is mounted. *1 It will be displayed when optional finisher FS-536SD or FS-537SD is mounted. *2 Automatic Image Rotation • *1: bizhub C368/C308/C258 only • *2: bizhub C658/C558/C458 only 2.4.8  Printer Settings (1)  Administrator Settings > Printer Settings [1/2] NOTE ▪...
  • Page 805 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Network Timeout Print XPS/OOXML Errors Assign Account to Acquire Device Info (2)  Administrator Settings > Printer Settings [2/2] NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting.
  • Page 806 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (b)  Header/Footer Position Key name Function/Precondition Header Position [OFF] cannot be used on the USA and Hong Kong models. TTI Print Position and Character Size Print Receiver’s Name This setting is not available on the USA and Hong Kong models.
  • Page 807 [Forward TX Setting], [Memory RX Setting], or [PC-Fax RX Setting] is set to “ON.” • This is displayed when optional i-Option LK-110 v2 and upgrade kit UK-211 *1 are enabled. TX-Line Auto Switch Setting • *1: Upgrade kit UK-211 is not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458. (f)  PBX Connection Setting Key name Function/Precondition PBX Connection Setting (g)  Report Settings...
  • Page 808 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Network Fax RX Error It will be displayed when either [IP Address Fax Function] or [Internet Fax Function] is set to “ON” in Report [Administrator Settings] -> [Network Settings] -> [Network Fax Settings] -> [Network Fax Function Settings].
  • Page 809 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ It will be displayed when optional fax kit FK-514 is mounted. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to ''User's Guide.''...
  • Page 810 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Enable NFC This setting is synchronized with [Administrator Settings] - [User Authentication/Account Track] -> [General Settings] -> [Enable NFC]. Enable Bluetooth LE • It will be displayed when optional local interface kit EK-609 is mounted.
  • Page 811 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode • License Settings • Authorization function Setting • Voice Guidance Settings • OpenAPI Certification Management Setting • External Memory Backup • Remote Access Setting • Eco Copier Settings 2.5.2  Security Settings (1)  Administrator Settings >...
  • Page 812 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition • It will be set to [Mode 1] when [Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error] is set to [Mode 1]. • It will be set to [Mode 2] when [Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error] is set to [Mode 2].
  • Page 813 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition HDD Encryption Setting For details of the functions, refer to " I.2.11.14 Security Settings - HDD Encryption Setting." Debug Log Encryption • Use: To set a password used to encrypt debug data when storing it into the Settings HDD.
  • Page 814 • For details of the functions, refer to License Settings. List of Enabled Functions It is displayed when this machine is equipped with an optional upgrade kit UK-211 *1. • *1: Not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458 2.5.4  Authorization function Setting (1)  Administrator Settings > Authorization function Setting...
  • Page 815 • To use voice guidance, the optional upgrade kit UK-211 *1 and i-Option LK-104 v3 must be activated, and the optional local interface kit EK-608 must be mounted. • For details of the functions, refer to Voice Guidance Settings-Voice Guidance. • *1: Not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458 2.5.6  OpenAPI Certification Management Setting (1)  Administrator Settings > OpenAPI Certification Management Setting NOTE ▪...
  • Page 816 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Key name Function/Precondition Restriction Code Settings These are communication settings for the application which is developed by the third vendor. Do not set or change these settings without vendor’s instructions.
  • Page 817 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode 2.6  Administrator Shortcut Settings 2.6.1  Administrator Shortcut Settings [1/2] NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to " User's Guide ."...
  • Page 818 Function Display Key settings may not take effect. (Send/Save) Main Menu Settings Initial Screen Setting • *1: Not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458 2.9  Device Information List 2.9.1  Device Information [1/2] NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting.
  • Page 819 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode 2.9.2  Device Information [2/2] NOTE ▪ Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting. ▪ For details of the utility functions, refer to " User's Guide ." Function Name...
  • Page 820 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode • [Card Authentication]: Logs in simply by placing your IC card or NFC-compatible Android device on the authentication unit. • [Card Authentication + Password]: Logs in by placing the IC card or NFC-compatible Android device on the authentication unit and entering the password.
  • Page 821 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Setting item • ON • OFF (2)  SMTP TX Settings (a)  Use • To set SMTP TX when network fax function is being used. • To set SMTP TX port number and connecting time out period when network fax function is being used.
  • Page 822 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (a)  [Wireless Only] or [Wired + Wireless (Secondary Mode)] • [Wireless Only] or [Wired + Wireless (Secondary Mode)] is selected in [Administrator Settings] -> [Network Settings] -> [Network I/F Configuration] Awake from ErP Select the method to return the machine from the ErP Auto Power Off mode.
  • Page 823 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode MAC Address Filtering Restricts wireless LAN adapters that can be connected to the access point using the MAC address. Enter the MAC addresses of wireless LAN adapters that can be connected to the access point. MAC addresses of up to 16 devices can be registered.
  • Page 824 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Awake from ErP Select the method to return the machine from the ErP Auto Power Off mode. • [OFF]: The machine is not returned from the ErP Auto Power Off mode.
  • Page 825 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode • [Enable Settings]: Select whether to enable the DHCP server function. [Disabled] is specified by default. • [IPv4 lease address]: Specify the range of IPv4 addresses to be leased from the DHCP server when enabling the DHCP server function.
  • Page 826 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Accessing the machine directly • This method accesses this machine directly from another computer on the network, and operates the control panel of the machine using a Web browser. • A dedicated remote control software program is not required, but the computer used for the remote control must be able to access this machine.
  • Page 827 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (e)  <Synchronize WebDAV Client Setting> • Select whether to use the proxy server for WebDAV transmission as a proxy server for the server where the dedicated software was installed. • To use a different proxy server, select [Individual Settings] and enter the proxy server information.
  • Page 828 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode 2.11.10  Machine Update Settings - Machine Auto Update setting • Obtain the update file for this machine from the file storage server to update the firmware or settings of the machine.
  • Page 829 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (b)  Authentication Setting • Configure the authentication settings of access management works as an update relay data sharing server. • When [ON] is selected, configure the following settings. • [OFF] is default.
  • Page 830 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (6)  Machine Update Password (a)  Use To set a password used to decrypt the configuration file(s) of the machine. (b)  Procedure Enter the decryption password using the on-screen keyboard. • <Current Password>: Enter the currently used decryption password (only when the decryption password has been set).
  • Page 831 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (3)  Setting item • Mode 1 • Mode 2 NOTE ▪ If [Administrator Settings] -> [Security Settings] -> [Enhanced Security Mode] is set to “ON”, selecting “Mode 1” in this setting cancels enhanced security mode.
  • Page 832 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Function Name Default Setting When Enhanced Security mode is set to [ON] Counter Remote Control To select whether or not to Restrict Restrict (not to be changed) allow the Center to acquire...
  • Page 833 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode Function Name Default Setting When Enhanced Security mode is set to [ON] IWS Settings Set the operating environment OFF (not to be changed) of IWS (Internal Web Server) function. Report File Attachment...
  • Page 834 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (a)  Use • To set a password used to encrypt debug data when storing it into the HDD. (b)  Default setting • 01234567890123456789 (c)  Procedure • Enter an encryption passphrase from the on-screen keyboard.
  • Page 835 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode WebDAV Server setting Host Name, File Path, User Name, Password, Port Number, Proxy, SSL Settings 2.11.18  Security Settings - Driver Password Encryption Setting (1)  Use • To set whether to use the factory default encryption word or user-defined one as a common key that encrypts a password used for a print job.
  • Page 836 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode • Password with only the same letter is prohibited. • Password same with the one prior to change is prohibited. NOTE ▪ When the password rule is set to [Enable], the password cannot be changed or registered unless it follows the above conditions.
  • Page 837 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. List of utility mode (3)  Setting item • ON • OFF 2.11.24  Security Settings - Quick Security setting - Security Warning Display Setting (1)  Use • To select whether or not to display the security warning screen if an administrator password is still remained as default setting or does not meet the password rules.
  • Page 838 • Selecting [ON] allows you to configure the settings on the voice guidance function in the [Accessibility] screen. NOTE ▪ To use voice guidance, optional upgrade kit UK-211 (not required for bizhub C658/C558/C458) and i-Option LK-104 v3 must be activated, and optional local interface kit EK-608 or EK-609 must be mounted.
  • Page 839 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST 3.  ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST 3.1  Replace feed roller, pick-up roller, separation roller (tray 1, tray 2) Replacement part/Service job Adjustment/setting items Procedure Replace feed roller, pick-up roller, [Service Mode] / [Counter] / [Life] /...
  • Page 840 Replacement part/Service job Adjustment/setting items Procedure Replace eMMC board Installing the firmware NOTE ▪ Contact Konica Minolta technical support if the eMMC board needs to be replaced. 3.15  Replace original glass Replacement part/Service job Adjustment/setting items Procedure Replace original glass [Service Mode] / [Machine] / [Scan Area] /...
  • Page 841 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST Replacement part/Service job Adjustment/setting items Procedure Re-entry of Utility settings [Service Mode] / [System 1] / [Serial Number] [Service Mode] / [System 1/2] and re-entry of setting values Re-entry of Enhanced Security settings 3.22  Add an optional device...
  • Page 842 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST Replacement part/Service job Adjustment/setting items Procedure [Service Mode] / [ADF] / [FD-Mag. Adj. (F)] I-72...
  • Page 843 • *3: It will be displayed only when optional finisher FS-533, FS-534 or FS-534SD is mounted. (bizhub C368/C308/C258) • *4: It is displayed only when optional finisher FS-536, FS-536SD, FS-537 or FS-537SD is mounted. (bizhub C658) • *5: It is displayed only when optional finisher FS-533, JS-506, FS-536, FS-536SD, FS-537 or FS-537SD is mounted. (bizhub C558/C458)
  • Page 844 ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect. Machine Ref. Page Trail Edge Color Alignment Adj *1 I.5.4.1 Trail Edge Color Alignment Adj (bizhub C658/ C558/C458) Fusing Temperature I.5.4.2 Fusing Temperature Fusing Transport Speed I.5.4.3 Fusing Transport Speed...
  • Page 845 Not used Move Scanner to Home I.5.4.17 Move Scanner to Home *1: It is not used on bizhub C368/C308/C258. *2: It is not used on bizhub C658/C558. *3: It is not used on bizhub C458/C368/C308/C258. 4.2.2  Imaging Process Adjustment NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 846 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE Imaging Process Adjustment Ref. Page Stabilization Only Density Balance Adjust *1 I.5.6.3 Density Balance Adjust (bizhub C658/C558/ C458) Max Image Density Adj Copy I.5.6.4 Max Image Density Adj Printer Image Background Adj I.5.6.5 Image Background Adj...
  • Page 847 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE (1)  Setting up the CS Remote Care CS Remote Care Ref. Page Using the telephone line modem I.5.8.1 Using the telephone line modem Using the fax line modem I.5.8.2 Using the Fax line modem Using the E-mail I.5.8.3 Using the E-mail...
  • Page 848 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE 4.2.4  System 1 NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 849 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE 4.2.5  System 2 NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 850 Auth. Function Enable I.5.16.37 Auth. Function Enable *1: It will be displayed only when optional dual scan document feeder DF-704 is mounted. (C368/C308/C258) *2: It is only displayed on bizhub C658/C558/C458. *3: It is not used on bizhub C368/C308/C258. I-80...
  • Page 851 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE 4.2.6  Counter NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 852 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE *1: It will be displayed only when the optional finisher FS-533 or FS-534 is mounted. 4.2.7  List Output NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 853 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE 4.2.8  State Confirmation NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 854 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE 4.2.9  Test Mode NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 855 DFSkew (Back) *1 ADF automatic Adjustment *2 I.5.21.15 ADF automatic Adjustment Multi-Feed DetectionAdj. *2 I.5.21.16 Multi-Feed DetectionAdj *1: It will be displayed only when optional dual scan document feeder DF-704 is mounted. *2: It is only displayed on bizhub C658/C558/C458. 4.2.11  FAX I-85...
  • Page 856 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 857 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE 4.2.12  Finisher NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 858 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE Finisher *1 Ref. Page ZFold2nd Fold Speed *8 I.5.29.21 FS-FN adjustment - ZFold2nd Fold Speed (ZU-609) ZFold Adjust Custom *8 I.5.29.22 FS-FN adjustment - ZFold Adjust Custom (ZU-609) Max Staple Limit Setting *11 I.5.29.23 Max Staple Limit Setting (FS-537/FS-537SD)
  • Page 859 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. LIST OF SERVICE MODE 4.2.14  Machine Update Setting NOTE ▪ After exiting Service Mode, you must turn OFF the main power switch. Turning ON the main power switch again after waiting 10 seconds makes the changes to the Service Mode setting take effect.
  • Page 860 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.  SERVICE MODE 5.1  Starting/Setting/Exiting 5.1.1  Starting procedure NOTE ▪ Ensure appropriate security for Service Mode function setting procedures. They should NEVER be shown to any unauthorized person not involved with service jobs. (1)  Procedure 1. Touch Menu.
  • Page 861 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 2. Press the key for the item that you would like to change the setting for. Setting screens will appear for each item. Ex.: Install Date 3. Press the key for the setting you would like to change. You can also input the numerical value using the 10-key pad. (the [+]/[-] keys can also be used for settings.
  • Page 862 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE -00:00: England: Greenwich mean time +01:00: Western European countries +08:00: China, Taiwan, western part of Australia +09:00: Japan, Korea Date & Time Setting Enter the time from the 10-key pad to set the time-of-day.
  • Page 863 5. The screen for the selected function displays. 5.4  Machine 5.4.1  Trail Edge Color Alignment Adj (bizhub C658/C558/C458) (1)  Use • To adjust color shift if color shift is found at the trailing edge of either plain paper or thick paper by the comparison of originals and their output.
  • Page 864 Thick 2 Thick 3 Thick 4 Post. Enve. -10 °C to +20 °C Recycled -20 °C to +10 °C • bizhub C658/C558/C458 (600dpi/1200dpi) Paper type Setting range Step Plain Paper -20 °C to +10 °C 5 °C Thin Paper OHP Film...
  • Page 865 2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] -> [Fusing Temperature]. 3. Select [600dpi] or [1200dpi]. NOTE ▪ Only for bizhub C658/C558/C458 4. Select the paper type. 5. Enter the new setting from the [+] / [-] key. • If fusing performance is poor, increase the setting.
  • Page 866 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • Level 3 (only for EU) (3)  Setting range • Level 1 to Level 4 (Step: 1) (4)  Procedure 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen. 2. Touch [Machine] -> [Heater Control Level].
  • Page 867 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (c)  Setting range • Width A on the test pattern produced should fall within the following target. Target 3.0 ± 1.0 mm Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments) (d)  Procedure...
  • Page 868 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 13. Following the same procedure, adjust for thin paper and thick paper. (4)  Prt. Image Center. Side 2 (Dup) (a)  Use • To vary the print start position in the main scan direction for each paper source in the 2-Sided mode.
  • Page 869 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (d)  Procedure 1. Load manual bypass tray with A3 or 11 x 17 plain paper. 2. Call the Service Mode to the screen. 3. Touch [Machine] -> [Printer Area] -> [Paper Feed Direction Adj.].
  • Page 870 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE COLOR CHART COLOR CHART 1.25 Color is “hue”, lightness is “value”, saturation is “chroma”: this is the world of color. The quality of color which can be described by words such as red, yellow, blue etc.
  • Page 871 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (c)  Setting range Enlarged view of the color chart COLOR CHART COLOR CHART 1.25 Color is “hue”, lightness is “value”, saturation is “chroma”: this is the world of color. The quality of color which can be described by words such as red, yellow, blue etc.
  • Page 872 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (a)  Use • To adjust the zoom ratio in the sub scan direction for the scanner section. • The LED exposure unit or the scanner motor has been replaced. (b)  Default setting • 1.000 (c)  Setting range...
  • Page 873 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE bizhub C368/C308/C258 Tray 1 2-4th Step/LCT manual Duplex Normal/Thin Paper -11 to +7 -11 to +7 -11 to +7 -12 to +8 Thick 1/1+ -11 to +7 -11 to +7 -11 to +7...
  • Page 874 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (b)  Procedure 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen. 2. Touch [Machine] -> [Print Head Skew Adj.] -> [Print Head Skew Adj.]. 3. Check the skew adjustment value for each color. 4. Touch [END].
  • Page 875 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (a)  Use • This function adjusts the LD lightness balance between the two LDs to correct the difference of LD lightness between the LDs. • This setting is made after the PH unit or eMMC board is replaced.
  • Page 876 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 7. Load the bypass tray with paper having a width of 110 mm. 8. Press the Start key and check that the results are [OK]. * Make the adjustment again if the results are [NG].
  • Page 877 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.4.15  PPM Control Choice (1)  Use • To improve productivity when printing on thin paper. • To give a higher priority to productivity than to fusing performance, change the setting to “100 %.” (2)  Default setting •...
  • Page 878 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.6  Imaging Process Adjustment 5.6.1  Gradation Adjust (1)  Use • To make an automatic adjustment of gradation based on the test pattern produced and the readings taken by the scanner. • Color reproduction performance becomes poor.
  • Page 879 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Example of the gradation adjustment screen (Printer-600dpi). Example of the gradation adjustment screen (Printer-1200dpi). Example of the gradation adjustment screen (Copy). (2)  Procedure NOTE ▪ When executing the gradation adjustment, make sure to use the white paper for color copy.
  • Page 880 The Start key turns orange and stays lit up orange during the Stabilizer sequence. 5. Stabilizer is completed when the Start key turns blue. 5.6.3  Density Balance Adjust (bizhub C658/C558/C458) (1)  Use • To adjust the density balance of the main scanning direction by scanning the output test pattern.
  • Page 881 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Function Menu Correction value adjusted items Utility mode [User Settings] -> [Printer Settings] -> [Basic Settings] -> [Color • [Document] Setting] • [Photo] • [DTP] Print function (printer driver [Printer Settings] -> [Quality] -> [Color Setting] •...
  • Page 882 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • To make the background level foggier, decrease the setting value. • To make the background level less foggy, increase the setting value. 5. Touch [END] to return to the [Imaging Process Adjustment] menu screen.
  • Page 883 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5. Touch [END] to validate the setting value. 6. Check the print image for any image problem. NOTE ▪ Select [Auto] at each paper type to automatically control the neutralization voltage without using the neutralization voltage setting value.
  • Page 884 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (c)  Setting item 600dpi - Front Plain - Color, Normal Paper - Black, Normal Paper - Glossy, Thin Paper - Color, Thin Paper - Black, Thick1 - Color, Thick Paper1 - Black, Thick1+ - Color, Thick Paper1+ - Black, Thick2, Thick3, Thick4, Post., Envelope,...
  • Page 885 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (2)  Default setting • OFF (3)  Setting item • ON • OFF 5.6.14  Manual Toner Add (1)  Manual Toner Add (a)  Use • To adjust the set T/C level by replenishing an auxiliary supply of toner when a low ID occurs due to a lowered T/C after large numbers of prints have been made of originals having a high image density.
  • Page 886 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • CS Remote Care can be set also from PageScope Web Connection. Enter the following address, then enter the CE password and touch [OK]. • http://(IP address)/csrc_index.html • For the setting procedure, see I.5.8 Setting up the CS Remote...
  • Page 887 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 1. Select [Service Mode] -> [CS Remote Care] -> [Maintenance/Default Settings], and touch [Detail Setting]. 2. Touch [Basic Setting] -> [Device ID], and input Device ID (13 digits). NOTE ▪ [Device ID] displays the serial number that is entered in [Service Mode] -> [System 1] -> [Serial Number].
  • Page 888 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 1. Select [Service Mode] -> [CS Remote Care] -> [Maintenance/Default Settings], and touch [Detail Setting]. 2. Touch [Basic Setting] -> [Initial Transmission]. 3. Touch [initial transmission] key on the right bottom of the screen to start initial transmission.
  • Page 889 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • The initial connection from the center will be carried out, and the E-mail address of the center will be stored in the copier. • When the initial registration is complete, the E-mail address of the center will be displayed by selecting [Service Mode] ->...
  • Page 890 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • Register the device ID to the application at CS Remote Care center. NOTE • The initial connection is not available unless the device ID is registered. 2. Remove the telephone line modem •...
  • Page 891 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE SW No. Functions Ref. page • Trouble display setting, Auto call on the toner empty, Auto call on the waste “ I.5.9.5 SW No. 03” toner bottle full • CS Remote Care communication mode “...
  • Page 892 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (2)  Functions Functions Logic Description Auto call on the zero reset of the fixed parts Disable Enable replacement Auto call of the IR shortage Disable Enable Auto call on the IC Life Disable...
  • Page 893 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Functions Logic Description CS Remote Care communication mode DATA E-mail Not available 5.9.7  SW No. 05 (1)  Default (2)  Functions Functions Logic Description Reservation Modem redial interval 00001 1 minute 00010 2 minutes 00011 3 minutes...
  • Page 894 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (2)  Functions Functions Logic Description Redial for response time out 0000 0000 0 times 0000 0001 1 time Others Not available 5.9.10  SW No. 08 (1)  Default (2)  Functions Functions Logic Description Retransmission interval on E-mail/http delivery...
  • Page 895 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Functions Logic Description 0000 0001 0000 1100 1111 0100 1111 1111 Others Not available 5.9.13  SW No. 11 (1)  Default (2)  Functions Functions Logic Description Timer 1 0000 0000 0 sec RING reception -> CONNECT reception...
  • Page 896 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Functions Logic Description 0010 0000 3,200 msec 1111 1110 25,400 msec 1111 1111 25,500 msec 5.9.16  SW No. 15 (1)  Default (2)  Functions Functions Logic Description Timer 5 0000 0000 0 sec Wait time for other side's response...
  • Page 897 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Functions Logic Description Automatic transmission of chronological misfeed data at the time of transmission of misfeed frequent occurrence warning Original-based misfeed frequent occurrence If the number of jams threshold value exceeds the threshold...
  • Page 898 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.11  Calling the maintenance for CS Remote Care • When CE starts maintenance, inputting the ID code of CE (seven digits: numbers which CE can identify. They are controlled by the distributor.) will transmit the information to the Center side and tells that the maintenance has started. When the maintenance is finished, touching [Maintenance Complete] key will transmit the information to the center and tells that it is finished.
  • Page 899 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • Fax is available only when the optional fax kit is being installed. 5.14.2  Maintenance/Default Settings - ID Code (1)  Use • To register the service ID. (2)  Procedure 1. Touch [ID code] and enter the service ID.
  • Page 900 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE <Client Setting> • To set whether or not to encrypt communication. <Heart Beat> NOTE ▪ The heat beat function is only available to http1. • To make Heart Beat related settings. • Heart Beat is a feature that uploads a Heart Beat file to the registered web server at a specified interval to report that the device is operating.
  • Page 901 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (c)  Setting range • 10 to 1440 (8)  AT Command (a)  Use • To set the command to be issued at the time of modem initialization. • This setting is available only when [Modem] is selected in [System Setting].
  • Page 902 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (b)  Procedure • Up to 15 characters can be used. (alphanumeric characters and symbols) (c)  Default setting • No (4)  Server for RX-POP3 port number (a)  Use • To set the POP3 port number used for the CS Remote Care.
  • Page 903 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (10)  Send-SMTP port number (a)  Use • To set the SMTP port number for transmission used for the CS Remote Care. (b)  Default setting • 25 (c)  Setting range • 1 to 65535 (11)  Send-SMTP Connection Time-out (a)  Use...
  • Page 904 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (b)  Procedure <URL> • To set the address of the http server. <Account> • To set an account that is used to access the http server. <Password> • To set a password that is used to access the http server.
  • Page 905 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 6. Check that the "Install OK" message appears. 5.14.7  Import/Export Settings (1)  WebDAV Setting (a)  Use • To configure WebDAV server settings used to remotely export or import MFP data (address book data, authentication setting data).
  • Page 906 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.15  System 1 5.15.1  Marketing Area (1)  Use • To make the various settings (language, paper size, fixed zoom ratios, etc.) according to the applicable marketing area. • Upon setup. (2)  Procedure Marketing Area • Select the applicable marketing area and touch [END] to set the marketing area.
  • Page 907 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Marketing area Japan Europe Others1 Others2 Others3 Others4 Others5 Setting item Unit Metric Inch Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Registered Registered Enlarge Enlarge Enlarge Enlarge Enlarge Enlarge Enlarge Enlarge Key Settings...
  • Page 908 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • Prohibit 5.15.5  Foolscap Size Setting (1)  Use • To set the size for foolscap paper. • Upon setup. (2)  Procedure • Select the size from among the following six. (3)  Default setting • 8 x 13 (4)  Functions...
  • Page 909 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE NOTE ▪ When using without setting the install date, the date/month/year at which the total counter reaches more than 100 sheets of paper will be set as an install date automatically. (2)  Procedure 1.
  • Page 910 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (a)  Use • To clear history data. • The following are history data: Job history, Journal history, Receive reject history, Destination history, Job secure counter (Internal data for history management) (b)  Procedure 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
  • Page 911 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.15.12  Post card transfer table (1)  Use • For the use of thick 3 postcards, you can select the transfer table suitable for postcards. • This setting is used to improve transfer performance to postcards.
  • Page 912 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Operation Service Mode Target user Target user Disadvantages mode Warm-up Choice of high humidity circumstance • Want to prevent curling • Decreases the curling in • Curling may occur in immediately after warm-...
  • Page 913 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (3)  Setting item • Type 1 • Type2 5.15.15  TP Level (1)  Use • To adjust the selectivity of the touch panel. (2)  Default setting • 0 (3)  Setting range • -2 to +2 (step: 1*) • To increase sensitivity of the touch panel, increase the setting value.
  • Page 914 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.16.1  HDD • Setting change is unnecessary. (Select [Installed] at any time.) NOTE ▪ For putting the following order [System 1] -> [initialization] into practice, the set becomes [Not Installed], causing an error.
  • Page 915 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (e)  Note on returning the setting from “Controller 1” to “Controller 0”. • Selecting “Controller 0” will initialize the following settings made while “Controller 1” was selected. Reset the following items as necessary when using the internal standard controller.
  • Page 916 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (3)  Setting item • Yes • No 5.16.5  Unit Change (1)  Unit Change (a)  Use • To select who is to replace a unit. • When the unit life arrives, the warning display is intended for the specific person who is going to replace the unit.
  • Page 917 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (c)  Setting range • 0 to +6 (steps: 1) (5)  Warning display – Near Life Display Settings (a)  Use • To set whether or not to display the life warning of individual consumables. • When [Do Not Display] is selected, a warning is not displayed at the time of life detection. However, in CS Remote Care, life warning is always sent to the Center regardless of this setting.
  • Page 918 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (3)  Details of the software switch settings NOTE ▪ For switches not mentioned in the list below, use them in the default value (Bit Assignment: 00000000 / HEX Assignment: 00) unless indicated otherwise.
  • Page 919 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Switch Function Setting value Default value Reference (Bit/HEX) Details Assignment Assignment 00010000 Does not show the life warning/replace display of the photo conductor unit. 00100000 Does not show the life warning/replace display of the developing unit.
  • Page 920 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Switch Function Setting value Default value Reference (Bit/HEX) Details Assignment Assignment When running a copy cycle with 00000000 Enable 00000000 / 00 - originals placed on the original 00001000 Disable glass, and [Auto] is displayed in "Group/Sort"...
  • Page 921 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Switch Function Setting value Default value Reference (Bit/HEX) Details Assignment Assignment (Others): 00000000 / 00 Setting for the display of 00000000 Display (Japan/North consumable level and warning. America/ 00001000 Not display (PSES, MIB, Printfleet, SiteAudit)
  • Page 922 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Sample 5.16.7  CCD Calibration (1)  Use • To set whether to use the calibration adjustment value set prior to the shipping. To display the current calibration adjustment value. • When CCD board (front side)/CIS (back side: only when dual scan document feeder is mounted) has been replaced, set to “OFF.”...
  • Page 923 5.16.8  LCT (Built-in) Size Settings (1)  Use • To set the paper size for the built-in LCT. • To use when optional paper feed cabinet PC-410 (bizhub C368/C308/C258) or PC-415 (bizhub C658/C558/C458) is mounted. (2)  Default setting • A4 (Except for North America) •...
  • Page 924 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (3)  Setting item 1. Do Not Use 2. Tray 1 3. Tray 2 5.16.11  Line Mag Setting (1)  Use • To set whether to use the offset value which has been set prior to the shipping. To display the current magnification offset value.
  • Page 925 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 7. Using the “binary” command, set the File transfer mode to the binary transfer. 8. Using the “get” command, transfer the data for capture to PC. 9. Finish the command prompt. NOTE ▪...
  • Page 926 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE NOTE ▪ Be aware that selecting “Not Set” and performing the pre-detection with [Service Mode] -> [Machine] -> [ADF Scan Glass Contamination] will display “NG.” ▪ When “Not Set” is selected, the original glass cleaning operation after the job ends does not operate.
  • Page 927 • Change • Do Not Change 5.16.17  ADF Settings (1)  Use • To configure ADF installation settings. NOTE ▪ It is not used on bizhub C658/C558/C458. (2)  Default setting • Unset (3)  Setting item • Unset • Single-Sided Scan Tx • Dual Scan Document Feeder 5.16.18  Image Stabilization Setting...
  • Page 928 The setting range is -20 °C to +10 °C. (1 step: 5 °C) NOTE ▪ [1200dpi] is only displayed on bizhub C658/C558/C458. 6. Select a target item of the [2nd Transfer Adj.], and enter a 2nd image transfer fine adjustment value with the [+] / [-] key. (Only [Front]/ [Back] can be selected for User Paper 5 and User Paper 6.)
  • Page 929 (3)  Setting item • Do Not Display • Display 5.16.23  Purge Setting (bizhub C658/C558/C458) (1)  Use • When a finisher equipped with a horizontal transport unit is mounted, set whether to use the reverse roller to discharge paper remained in the machine when a paper jam occurs in the transport path downstream from the exit port (inside the finisher equipped with the horizontal transport unit).
  • Page 930 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE File extension ".bin" or ".zip" FileName BootUpScreen*.bin or BootUpScreen*.zip (* represents user-defined text) Image size bizhub C368/C308/C258 800 x 480 dots bizhub C658/C558/C458 1024 x 600 dots Color 256 colors (Palette that the machine specifies is used.) NOTE ▪...
  • Page 931 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (b)  Procedure 1. Save the authentication customize data to the root directory of a USB memory. NOTE ▪ Be careful that the MFP is unable to recognize data saved in any directories other than the root directory.
  • Page 932 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Saturation Increase in the positive (+) direction makes the data clearer and increase in the negative (-) direction makes the data more subdued. Increase in the positive (+) direction processes and outputs the data in the way that corresponds to the clockwise rotation on the hue circle.
  • Page 933 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.16.31  Driver Install NOTE Only when one of the following conditions is met, the driver can be installed/uninstalled. • [Administrator Settings] -> [Security Settings] -> [USB Connection Permission settings] -> [Detail Setting] -> [External Memory (Service)] ->...
  • Page 934 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 1. Start up the Panel Customization Tool. 2. Set a name for your customization in [Name]. (1 to 24 characters consisting of one-byte alphanumerics and symbols. Comma cannot be used.) 3. Select a model in [Model].
  • Page 935 • Permit • Prohibit 5.16.36  Clean Unit Setting (1)  Use • bizhub C368/C308/C258: Use this feature upon optional clean unit CU-101 set-up. • bizhub C658/C558/C458: Use this feature upon optional clean unit CU-102 set-up. (2)  Default setting • Nott Installed (3)  Setting item • Installed •...
  • Page 936 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (a)  Use • To display a list of currently activated functions. 5.17  Counter • The counter displays the counts of various counters to allow the technical representative to check or set as necessary. 5.17.1  Common procedure 1.
  • Page 937 LCT Parts • bizhub C368/C308/C258: Number of sheets of paper fed from the LCT (LU-302). • bizhub C658/C558/C458: Number of sheets of paper fed from the LCT (LU-302 or LU-207). LCT (Built-in) Parts • bizhub C368/C308/C258: Number of sheets of paper fed from the built-in LCT(PC-410) •...
  • Page 938 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • Applicable units are the following units that have the new unit detection feature. Drum unit (each color), developing unit (each color) • See the “ I.7.3.9 (4) Notes when using the New Release Disable mode”...
  • Page 939 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Fax-related counter Displays individual counts in fax mode. Counter by finishing option Displays individual counts on a finishing option basis. Stabilization counter Displays individual counts on a basis of the factors that cause image stabilization.
  • Page 940 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE CSRC Parts name Parts number Limit value Count condition FS-534 / FS-533 parameter FS-534S Stacker Accessory Plate 56AA8002 3,000,000 Movement Monitor FNS 1st Mid Fold Knife A3ERPP4S 2,000,000 1 count for each sheet ejection in half- ○...
  • Page 941 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE CSRC Parts name Parts number Limit value Count condition FS-536/ FS-537/ parameter FS-536S FS-537S PI sending Roller Pair/B 50BA-575 100,000 ○ (Upper) PI Reversal Rubber Pair 13QN-443 100,000 ○ (Upper) PI Torque Limiter...
  • Page 942 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE ▪ Check with the Machine Management List which is output by setting [Service Mode] -> [List Output] -> [USB save]. ▪ Check the count of network error using CSRC. (1)  Use • To count the detected network error and an error that can be recovered with a function via the network by each root cause.
  • Page 943 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Target list Data symbol Fax Setting List Management List Paper Size/Type Counter Network Settings List Configuration Page PCL Font List PS Font List Meter Count (2)  Procedure 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
  • Page 944 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.18.6  Protocol Trace (1)  Use • Protocol Trace List (Last): The facsimile protocol of the communication which was executed previously is output. • Protocol Trace List (Error): Output the facsimile procedure for the last error communication.
  • Page 945 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (2)  Procedure • The operation of each of the switches and sensors can be checked on a real-time basis. • It can be checked as long as the 5-V power line remains intact even when a door is open.
  • Page 946 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display PS113 Vertical transport Tray 3 vertical transport sensor Paper present Paper not present PS112 Paper feed Tray 3 paper feed sensor Paper present Paper not present...
  • Page 947 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display PS139 Shift Tray Home Shifter home sensor At home Not at home PS132 Paper Feed Paper feed sensor Paper present Paper not present PS133...
  • Page 948 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display Horizontal Transport Open RU cover open/close detection sensor Open Closed Passage RU entrance sensor Paper present Paper not present • Sensor monitor 8 • Not used •...
  • Page 949 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display FNS Entrance FNS entrance sensor Paper present Paper not present PS16 Main Tray Output Paper delivery control sensor Paper present Paper not present Saddle Output...
  • Page 950 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display PS20 Stopper Home Trailing edge stopper home position detection sensor At home Not at home Center Staple/Fold Home Center stapler /fold home sensor At home...
  • Page 951 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display PS203 Punch Position Detection Puncher drive cam sensor At home Not at home PS205 Hole-Punch Scrap Punch dust full sensor Detection Punch Destination DipSW2...
  • Page 952 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display Paper feed tray 1 Tray 1 Set Sensor Out of position PS24 Paper empty Tray 1 paper empty sensor Paper not present Paper present...
  • Page 953 Loop not present PS72 Registration sensor2 * Registration sensor2 Paper present Paper not present • *: It is only displayed on bizhub C658/C558. • Sensor monitor 2 (Main body, PC-415) Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display LCT detection...
  • Page 954 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display Duplex PS40 Paper passage 1 ADU paper passage sensor/1 Paper present Paper not present PS41 Paper passage 2 ADU paper passage sensor/2 Paper present...
  • Page 955 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display PS202 20 Degree Angle sensor Less than 20 20 degree or more degree *1 PS204 Original Size Detection 1 Original size sensor/1 Original loaded...
  • Page 956 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display PS23 Stapler Position Home Stapler home position sensor (Rear) At home Not at home (Back) PS24 Stapler Position Detection Stapler position sensor (Center) Detected...
  • Page 957 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display PS16 Main Tray Surface Main tray lift up detection sensor/F Not at home At home Detection/F • FS-533 Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display...
  • Page 958 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display Finisher 1 Tray 1 full sensor Tray 1 paper feed full sensor Full Other than full Home (Shift) Tray shift home sensor At home Not at home •...
  • Page 959 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display Trail Edge Stopper Home Stopper Home sensor At home Not at home PS13/PS14 Empty Booklet Tray Booklet tray empty detection sensor (in/out) Paper present...
  • Page 960 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display PS18 stapler div1 sensor Stapler home position sensor (Corner) Stapler side-staple Except for stapler corner position side-staple corner position PS18 stapler div2 sensor Stapler home position sensor (Corner)
  • Page 961 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display Finisher 4 PS36 sm sensor FNS middle sensor Paper present Paper not present PS26 pusher home sensor Arm home position sensor At home Not at home...
  • Page 962 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Symbol Panel display Part/signal name Operation characteristics/panel display Finisher 5 PS303 punch swing drive M HP PK punch oscillating home sensor At home Not at home detection PS307 Punch Home Sensor/1 PK punch home sensor/1...
  • Page 963 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • Standard values: • Vdc: around 300 V to 400 V • Vg: around 450 V to 550 V • Used for troubleshooting of image problems. • If the value is high: It is decided that the image density is low by the IDC detection, and the Vg/Vdc value is corrected high.
  • Page 964 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (2)  Procedure • Use the following guidelines on the correct range of values. (a)  CCD • CLAMP: 0 (remain static) • GAIN: The maximum value and the minimum value of the output value should be within the range shown below.
  • Page 965 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE ▪ The check progress status display is automatically reset to 0% and restarted as soon as a new check sequence is started. • The detail check of all memories (one cycle) is completed in about 3 min.
  • Page 966 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 3. Select “Front side” or “Back side”, and touch [Scanner -> DSC]. NOTE ▪ The DSC bus check for the back side can be performed only when dual scan document feeder is mounted.
  • Page 967 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (b)  Procedure 1. Install the second hard disk. 2. Turn ON the main power switch. 3. Call the Service Mode to the screen. 4. Select [State Confirmation] -> [Memory/Storage Adjustment] -> [HDD Mirroring Rebuild].
  • Page 968 M113 Tray3 lift-up motor • On bizhub C368/ C308/C258, only when PC-110 or PC-210 is mounted. • On bizhub C658/ C558/C458, only when PC-115 or PC-215 is mounted. • The motor stops when the upper limit sensor or lower limit is detected.
  • Page 969 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE LU lift-up motor • On bizhub C368/ C308/C258, only when LU-302 is mounted. • On bizhub C658/ C558/C458, only when LU-302 or LU-207 is mounted. • The motor stops when the upper...
  • Page 970 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE LCT vertical transport motor • On bizhub C658/ minimum speed C558/C458, only when PC-415 is mounted. • The paper lifting plate must not be at upper limit position. M111 Tray3 paper feed motor high •...
  • Page 971 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Tray4 vertical transport motor • On bizhub C658/ low speed C558/C458, only when PC-215 is mounted. Tray4 vertical transport motor • On bizhub C658/ minimum speed C558/C458, only when PC-215 is mounted.
  • Page 972 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Transport motor high speed Drives the motor at the specified speed. NOTE Transport motor middle speed Perform the operation check after the Transport motor low speed drum unit/K and the transfer belt unit Transport motor minimum speed have been removed.
  • Page 973 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Soaking roller pressure solenoid Turn ON the solenoid and release the • The solenoid will soaking roller for a predetermined time stop after a lapse of predetermined time. • It is only used on bizhub C658/ C558/C458.
  • Page 974 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Take-up motor: Speed 1/normal • Drives the motor at the specified speed. Dual scan document (bizhub rotation • Stop rotating when pressing the Stop feeder C658/ key. Take-up motor: Speed 2/normal C558/...
  • Page 975 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE ADU transport motor high speed Drives the motor at the specified speed. ADU transport motor middle speed ADU transport motor low speed ADU transport motor minimum It is only used on speed bizhub C658/C558/ C458.
  • Page 976 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.19.12  Self-diag. (Full) (1)  Overview of self-diagnostic function • Conducts diagnosis for the defective and replaced areas of memory and various boards in main body when a trouble code is output or a trouble such as main body activation failure occurs, and identifies the defective parts need to be replaced.
  • Page 977 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Example of Self-diag. (Full) screen Example of Error Code screen NOTE A sample of screen showing all error codes. Only displays the detected error codes. (This sample shows a case that all errors are detected.)
  • Page 978 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Check item MFP Board Check Compress/exp check O/P Image Bus Check Memory path check Ping test* PCIe Check PCIe device check • *: The item can be diagnosed with Self-diag. (Individual) only.
  • Page 979 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE NOTE ▪ If the self diagnosis (full) is started with the main power switch, you cannot call the Normal Mode or the Service Mode to the screen. To switch the mode, turn OFF the main power switch, and turn ON again after 10 seconds.
  • Page 980 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.19.13  Self-diag. (Individual) (1)  Prog. device (a)  Use • To check each item of the program storage device individually. Diagnosis item Reason of error Relevant parts R/W Check Engagement failure MFP board (MFPB) eMMC board (eMMC)
  • Page 981 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Diagnosis item Reason of error Relevant parts FILE2 FILE3 FILE4 FILE5 (b)  Procedure 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen. 2. Touch [State Confirmation] -> [Self-diag. (Individual)] -> [Sys/Image mem check]. 3. Press the Start key to start the check procedure.
  • Page 982 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 3. Select the desired diagnosis key. (Two or more keys can be selected.) [I/P Image Bus Check] / [Line RAM Comparison] 4. Press the Start key to start the check procedure. 5. When the check procedure is completed, the check result will be displayed. (OK/NG) NOTE ▪...
  • Page 983 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (a)  Use • To check each item of the DSC board individually. Diagnosis item Reason of error Relevant parts Image Bus Check (Front Side) Engagement failure DSC board1 (DSCB/1) Mounting failure MFP board (MFPB)
  • Page 984 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (a)  Use • To check each item of the MFP board individually. Diagnosis item Reason of error Relevant parts Compress/exp check ASIC image error MFP board (MFPB) O/P Image Bus Check Memory path check...
  • Page 985 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • The machine searches through the paper sources in the order of tray 2, tray 3, tray 4, and tray 1 for paper of the maximum size for printing. 5.20.1  Procedure for test pattern output 1.
  • Page 986 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • Select a printable area from [Full Bleed] or [Front Half]. NOTE ▪ [Front Half] is selectable only for one-side printing. • Type the density level. (0 to “255”) 5.20.4  Lattice Pattern (1)  Use •...
  • Page 987 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 5.20.6  Color Sample (1)  Use • To produce a color sample. • Used for checking reproducibility of each of the different colors. (a)  Test pattern e.g. • SINGLE • HYPER • Gradation (2)  Procedure • Copies (“1” to 999) •...
  • Page 988 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • 270 Degree (2)  Procedure • Copies is always “1”. • Select "Error diffusion", Gradation or Resolution. • Select an angle from among “0 degrees”, 90 degrees, 180 degrees, and 270 degrees. 5.20.9  Paper Passage Test (1)  Use...
  • Page 989 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (i)  V27ter: Setting item • 4800bps • 2400bps (j)  V21 • No parameters (k)  PB: Default setting • 0 (l)  PB: Setting item • 0 to 9, *, #, A, B, C, D (m)  DP: Default setting •...
  • Page 990 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE NOTICE • Signal is output from pressing [Start] to pressing [Stop]. • To check Line 1, [Administrator Settings] -> [Fax Settings] -> [Line Parameter Setting] -> [Line Monitor Sound] should be set to “ON”.
  • Page 991 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE ▪ When the DC-LOOP detection test is selected and Start key is pressed, DT=0001 is shown in the title row in case of detecting the DC-LOOP. If not detected, DT=0000 is displayed.
  • Page 992 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • The difference in the widths of B between the chart and the copy sample should fall within the following target. Target 0 ± 2.0 mm Setting range -4.0 mm to +4.0 mm (1 step: 0.1 mm) 1.
  • Page 993 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 10. Touch [2]. 11. Touch [2-sided -> 2-sided]. 12. Place the chart in the document feeding tray. 13. Press the start key, and check the difference in the width B between the chart and the discharged copy sample.
  • Page 994 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE Target 0 ± 2.0 mm Setting range -4.4 mm to +4.4 mm (1 step: 0.1 mm) 1. Place the chart in the document feed tray (Set the chart with its blank side facing upward).
  • Page 995 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE (b)  Sub Scanning Direction 2-Side 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen. 2. Touch [ADF] -> [Auto Stop Position Adjustment]. 3. Touch [Sub Scanning Direction 2-Side]. 4. Place the chart in the document feed tray.
  • Page 996 Paper not present FM1/FM1 Fan Lock Detection DF cooling fan motor Locked Not locked *1: DF-704 only (5)  Sensor check screen (bizhub C658/C558/C458) • This is only typical screen which may be different from what are shown on each individual main body. I-226...
  • Page 997 • When the DF control board has been replaced. • When the document width sensor has been replaced. (bizhub C368/C308/C258) • When the restriction plate positional volume has been replaced. (bizhub C658/C558/C458) (2)  Procedure 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
  • Page 998 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 3. Set the A3 paper [1] on the original feed tray, and widen the width across the edge guides [2] by sliding them to the “A3” position. 4. Touch [Max. Width]. 5. Press the Start key.
  • Page 999 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE 4. Open the DF. 5. Place the DF reading chart [1] so that a triangular mark may become the original glass side (downward) and the pointed tip of the triangle points toward the black sheet on the left side.
  • Page 1000 C658/C558/C458/C368/C308/C258 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. SERVICE MODE • If the difference in the widths of C is smaller than the target, enter the + value. 8. Touch [Test Copy]. 9. Select the tray loading paper for the test copy.

This manual is also suitable for:

Bizhub c558Bizhub c458Bizhub c368Bizhub c308Bizhub c258

Table of Contents